+ All Categories
Home > Documents > Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP...

Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP...

Date post: 12-Mar-2018
Category:
Upload: vuongngoc
View: 222 times
Download: 2 times
Share this document with a friend
36
Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08
Transcript
Page 1: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

Modular IO System

KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53

QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849

Last update 220708

ii bull General

Copyright copy 2008 by WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG All rights reserved

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Hansastraszlige 27 D-32423 Minden

Phone +49 (0) 5718 87 ndash 0 Fax +49 (0) 5718 87 ndash 1 69

E-mail infowagocom

Web httpwwwwagocom

Technical Support Phone +49 (0) 5718 87 ndash 7 77 Fax +49 (0) 5718 87 ndash 87 77

E-mail tcbawagocom

Every conceivable measure has been taken to ensure the accuracy and completeness of this documentation However as errors can never be fully excluded we always appreciate any information or suggestions for improving the documentation

E-mail documentationwagocom

We wish to point out that the software and hardware terms as well as the trademarks of companies used andor mentioned in the present manual are generally protected by trademark or patent

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Table of Contents bull iii

Table of Contents

1 Important Notes 4 11 Legal Principles 4 111 Copyright 4 112 Personnel Qualification 4 113 Intended Use 4 12 Symbols 5 13 Number Notation 5 14 Safety Information 6 15 Scope of Validity 6

2 Quick Start Guide 7 21 Installation of Node 7 22 Structure of KNX Topology 8 23 Preparative Measures 10 231 Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA

(CoDeSys Automation Alliance) 10 232 Copying the Project Data to the PC 11 233 Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection 12 234 Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849 13 24 Starting Up the Ethernet Network 14 241 Setting up the ETS3 communication driver 15 242 Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in 16 25 The First Program 20 251 Hardware Configuration 20 252 Main Program 21 253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller 21 254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module 24 255 Configuring the Symbol File 25 256 Activation of the USR LED 27 26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 27 27 ETS3 Configuration 28 271 Configuration Router 28 272 Configuration of IP Controller 29 273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646 31 28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor 33

3 Troubleshooting 34

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

4 bull Important Notes Legal Principles

1 Important Notes To ensure fast installation and start-up of the units described in this manual we strongly recommend that the following information and explanations are carefully read and adhered to

11 Legal Principles

111 Copyright

This manual including all figures and illustrations contained therein is subject to copyright Any use of this manual which infringes the copyright provisions stipulated herein is not permitted Reproduction translation into other languages and electronic and photographic archiving and amendments require the written consent of WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Minden Non-observance will entail the right of claims for damages

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG reserves the right to enact changes that serve technical progress All rights developing from the issue of a patent or the legal protection of utility patents are reserved to WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Third-party products are always indicated without any notes concerning patent rights Thus the existence of such rights must not be excluded

112 Personnel Qualification

The use of the product described in this manual is exclusively geared to specialists having qualifications in PLC programming electrical specialists or persons instructed by electrical specialists who are also familiar with the appropriate applicable standards WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG declines any liability resulting from improper action and damage to WAGO products and third-party products due to non-observance of the information contained in this manual

113 Intended Use

For each individual application the components are supplied from the factory with a dedicated hardware and software configuration Modifications are only admitted within the framework of the possibilities documented in the manuals All other changes to the hardware andor software and the non-conforming use of the components entail the exclusion of liability on the part of WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG

Please direct any requirements pertaining to a modified andor new hardware or software configuration directly to WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Important Notes bull 5 Symbols

12 Symbols

DANGER Always observe this information to protect persons from injury

NOTICE Always observe this information to prevent damage to the device

NOTE Marginal conditions that must always be observed to ensure smooth operation

ESD (Electrostatic Discharge) Warning of damage to the components through electrostatic discharge Observe the precautionary measure for handling components at risk of electrostatic discharge

NOTE Routines or advice for efficient use of a device and software optimization

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION References to additional literature manuals data sheets and INTERNET pages

13 Number Notation

Number code Example Note Decimal 100 Normal notation

Hexadecimal 0x64 C notation

Binary 100 01100100

Within nibble separated with dots ()

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

6 bull Important Notes Safety Information

14 Safety Information

NOTICE Switch off the power before replacing any components In the event of deformed contacts the module in question is to be replaced as its functionality can no longer be ensured on a long-term basis The components are not resistant against materials having seeping and insulating properties Belonging to this group of materials is eg aerosols silicones triglycerides (found in some hand creams) If it cannot be ruled out that these materials appear in the component environment then additional measures are to be taken - Installation of the components into an appropriate enclosure - Handling of the components only with clean tools and materials

NOTE Cleaning of soiled contacts may only be done with ethyl alcohol and leather cloths Thereby the ESD information is to be regarded Do not use contact sprays which could possibly impair contact area functionality The WAGO-IO-SYSTEM 750 and its components are an open system It must only be assembled in housings cabinets or in electrical operation rooms Access must only be given via a key or tool to authorized qualified personnel The relevant valid and applicable standards and guidelines regarding the installation of switch cabinets must be observed

15 Scope of Validity These QuickStart instructions describe the KNX IP StarterKit with the KNX IP Controller 750-849 and several basic components of the WAGO IO SYSTEM

You will find detailed information about operation assembly and start-up in the manuals KNX IP Controller 750-849 and WAGO IO PRO CAA This documentation is hence only valid in connection with the appropriate manuals

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION The manuals KNX IP Controller 750-849 and WAGO IO PRO CAA can be found on the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA (759-911) CD or the ELECTRONICC Tools amp Docs CD (Art no 0888-0412) or on the internet at httpwwwwagocom

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 7 Installation of Node

2 Quick Start Guide 21 Installation of Node

The node is to be installed as follows (viewed from left to right)

750-849 750-400 750-501 753-646 753-646 750-600

The DC 24V unit is connected with the power supply (24V and 0V) for the controller and for the power contact (see Fig 1)

For an application example it is sufficient to lay a jumper between 24V and + or between 0V and -

NOTE Use a small screwdriver to switch the mode selector to the upper position (see Fig 1) In this setting the Firmware and application program are executed (Activate program executionRUN)

Fig1 KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

8 bull Quick Start Guide Structure of KNX Topology

22 Structure of KNX Topology The KNX network topology is structured as follows

The KNX backbone line 10x is declared as a medium IP A WAGO KNX IP Controller is inserted on the backbone line as a node The first KNX Module on the KNX IP Controller 750-849 functions in Router Mode and the second in device mode The bus line between module 1 and module 2 should be jumpered in this application (see Fig 2) making the second module a bus node of the line 11x A total of up to 64 KNX bus nodes can be connected to the line of the router module The line must be applied through a KNX power supply using a reactor The PC with ETS3f software installed is connected with the RJ45 port of the WAGO KNX IP Controller via an Ethernet network connection Thus the ETS3 has access to all devices connected in the network

Fig 2 Topology in node v

In the structure of the Wthree addressed KNX d

KNX IP Backbone line

Bus line jumpered

101

110

iew

AGO KNX StarterKitevices (see Fig 3)

1

111 KNXEIBTP1 ModuleDevice mode

KNX Power supply

Line

110 KNXEIBTP1 ModuleRouter mode

the topology includes a total of

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 9 Structure of KNX Topology

Fig 3 Topology in the ETS3 view

750-849 + 753-646 (KNX IP Controller + first module)753-646 (second module) 750-849 (KNX IP Application Controller)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

10 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

23 Preparative Measures This chapter describes preparative measures which are necessary for the start-up of the KNX StarterKit It is assumed in all subsequent chapters that the settings and installations described in this chapter have been carried out

231 Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)

The StarterKit contains a CD (item no 759-333) with the programming software WAGO IO PRO CAA WAGO IO PRO CAA is a programming and visualization tool for PLC programs With this software the application programs for the programmable Fieldbus Controller (eg KNX IP Controller 750-849) are developed WAGO IO PRO CAA functions in compliance with the standard of IEC 61131-3 This standard describes the requirements of a programming system The AWL KOP FUP ST and AS programming languages are supported The optimal programming language can be chosen for each application

Installation

1 Insert the WAGO IO PRO CAA CD into your CD-ROM drive

2 Start the executable installation program setupexe

3 Follow the directions during installation using the specified settings if possible

4 After installation is completed the programming software can be started via the your PCs start menu Start Programs WAGO Software CoDeSys for Automation Alliance CoDeSys V23 CoDeSys V23

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 11 Preparative Measures

232 Copying the Project Data to the PC

For the start-up of the KNX IP StarterKits sample application data is required which is provided on the Internet

httpwwwwagocatalogcomokv3Download_filesKNX_StarterKit_dzip

Unzip the ZIP data to an empty folder on your PC The data can then be copied to the target folder (see below)

01 Copying the ETS3 project database Copy the WAGO_StarterKitdb ETS3 database to the following directory

02 Copying the WAGO IO PRO CAA application program Copy the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA application program WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro to the following directory

03 Copying the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA libraries Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA libraries KNX_Standardlib and KNX_IP_750_849_01lib to the following directory Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA library WAGOLibKNXDevicelib to the following directory

04 WAGO Ethernet Settings Install the WAGO Ethernet Settings software (V403)

05 ETS product database for the IP-Controller

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION You can find other downloads for the KNXEIB applications on the WAGO website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB downloads

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

12 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

233 Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection

The installation of the ETS3 Professional software (version 30f or higher) is required to start up the WAGO KNX IP StarterKit

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu Start Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Database selection by user Select the PROMPT USER function in the Tools Options Database menu item

Fig 4 Activating database scanning

3 Closing ETS3 Close the ETS3 software via the menu item File Exit

4 Restarting ETS3 See Point 1

5 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 13 Preparative Measures

Fig 5 Opening the database

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION An update that may be necessary for the ETS 30 software can be found on the Konnex website httpwwwkonnexorg

234 Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849

Import the product database for the IP-Contrioller to the ETS3 Software Please open via the menue File Import the file ldquoIP-Controllervd4rdquo

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

14 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

24 Starting Up the Ethernet Network This chapter describes how an IP address can be assigned to the KNX IP Controller

After switching on the controller an IP address from the address area 16925410 to 169254254255 is automatically assigned using AutoIP (assuming no DHCP server was found) It is shown below how the IP address can be changed using the ETS3 software The following requirements must be met

1 Creating a network connection Create a connection between one of the two RJ45 Fieldbus interfaces of the KXN IP Controller and your PCs network card The cross-over cable contained in the StarterKit can be used for this purpose

2 Identifying the IP address of the PC You can identify the network address of your PC under Start Settings Network and Dial-up Connections LAN Connection x Highlight the internet protocol (TCPIP) in the drop-down list box and press the PROPERTIES button The KNX IP Controllers IP address which is to be set up later must be in the same address area as that of the connected PC

Fig 6 Settings of the PCs network card

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 15 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A detailed description of other possibilities for the assignment of an IP address can be found in the manual for the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 You can find this on the website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB Downloads

NOTE The double assignment of IP addresses can lead to serious network errors

241 Setting up the ETS3 communication driver

To set up the communication driver please proceed as follows

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu ldquoStart Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

3 Configuring the interface You can set up the configuration of the interface under Tools Options Communication Press the button CONFIGURE INTERFACE Configure the interface as shown in Figure 7 and exit the window via the OK button

Select here your PCs network adapter

Fig7 Configuring the ETS3 communications interface

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

16 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

242 Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

The IP address is created by setting the parameters in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

1 Selecting the device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

Fig 8 Editing the parameters of the IP router

2 Plug-in Configuration After the action under Point 1 has been carried out the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in for the IP router opens Here you set the desired IP address of the WAGO KNX IP Controller 750-849 as shown in Fig 9

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 17 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 9 Settings of the IP router Plug-in

NOTE The MAC address of the KNX IP Controller must be given in the MAC Address field This address can be found on the backside of the controller as well as on a self-adhesive removable label on the side of the controller After the MAC address has been entered the current IP address can be restored via the SCAN IP button

3 Programming the physical address and application Load the settings created in Point 2 via ETS3 download to the KNX IP Controller Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Progamm Address amp Application button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

18 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 10 Starting the ETS download

4 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG RT label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

5 Resetting After the download is completed reset the controller (eg by temporarily disconnecting the 24V power supply)

6 Testing the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prTesting the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the nodeompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the node

Fig 11 Testing the connection of the 750-849 Controller with Ping

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 19 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

7 Many settings can be viewed and edited via the Web Based Managment (WBM) system To do this launch your web browser and enter http in the address line followed by the IP address of the node (eg http192168120 )

The integrated web server will then return the following website

Fig 12 Homepage of the web server integrated in the 750-849 Controller

The configuration sites linked via Hyperlinks require a login In the default state the following users are defined

User Password

admin wago

user user

guest guest

Fig 13 Users and passwords of the 750-849 Controllers web server

NOTE The IP address for the controller can alternatively be assigned with the WAGO Ethernet Settings software instead of with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in In this case the IP address is assigned via the supplied serial programming cable 750-920

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

20 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

25 The First Program Requirement The WAGO IO PRO CAA software (CoDeSys) must be correctly installed and the KNX-specific libraries must be in the library directory of the WAGO IO PRO CAA software

Double-click to start the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro application program from the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory

251 Hardware Configuration

The variables for the digital inputs and outputs are declared in the PLC configuration (Fig 14)

Fig 14 Hardware configuration

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 2: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

ii bull General

Copyright copy 2008 by WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG All rights reserved

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Hansastraszlige 27 D-32423 Minden

Phone +49 (0) 5718 87 ndash 0 Fax +49 (0) 5718 87 ndash 1 69

E-mail infowagocom

Web httpwwwwagocom

Technical Support Phone +49 (0) 5718 87 ndash 7 77 Fax +49 (0) 5718 87 ndash 87 77

E-mail tcbawagocom

Every conceivable measure has been taken to ensure the accuracy and completeness of this documentation However as errors can never be fully excluded we always appreciate any information or suggestions for improving the documentation

E-mail documentationwagocom

We wish to point out that the software and hardware terms as well as the trademarks of companies used andor mentioned in the present manual are generally protected by trademark or patent

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Table of Contents bull iii

Table of Contents

1 Important Notes 4 11 Legal Principles 4 111 Copyright 4 112 Personnel Qualification 4 113 Intended Use 4 12 Symbols 5 13 Number Notation 5 14 Safety Information 6 15 Scope of Validity 6

2 Quick Start Guide 7 21 Installation of Node 7 22 Structure of KNX Topology 8 23 Preparative Measures 10 231 Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA

(CoDeSys Automation Alliance) 10 232 Copying the Project Data to the PC 11 233 Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection 12 234 Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849 13 24 Starting Up the Ethernet Network 14 241 Setting up the ETS3 communication driver 15 242 Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in 16 25 The First Program 20 251 Hardware Configuration 20 252 Main Program 21 253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller 21 254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module 24 255 Configuring the Symbol File 25 256 Activation of the USR LED 27 26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 27 27 ETS3 Configuration 28 271 Configuration Router 28 272 Configuration of IP Controller 29 273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646 31 28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor 33

3 Troubleshooting 34

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

4 bull Important Notes Legal Principles

1 Important Notes To ensure fast installation and start-up of the units described in this manual we strongly recommend that the following information and explanations are carefully read and adhered to

11 Legal Principles

111 Copyright

This manual including all figures and illustrations contained therein is subject to copyright Any use of this manual which infringes the copyright provisions stipulated herein is not permitted Reproduction translation into other languages and electronic and photographic archiving and amendments require the written consent of WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Minden Non-observance will entail the right of claims for damages

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG reserves the right to enact changes that serve technical progress All rights developing from the issue of a patent or the legal protection of utility patents are reserved to WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Third-party products are always indicated without any notes concerning patent rights Thus the existence of such rights must not be excluded

112 Personnel Qualification

The use of the product described in this manual is exclusively geared to specialists having qualifications in PLC programming electrical specialists or persons instructed by electrical specialists who are also familiar with the appropriate applicable standards WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG declines any liability resulting from improper action and damage to WAGO products and third-party products due to non-observance of the information contained in this manual

113 Intended Use

For each individual application the components are supplied from the factory with a dedicated hardware and software configuration Modifications are only admitted within the framework of the possibilities documented in the manuals All other changes to the hardware andor software and the non-conforming use of the components entail the exclusion of liability on the part of WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG

Please direct any requirements pertaining to a modified andor new hardware or software configuration directly to WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Important Notes bull 5 Symbols

12 Symbols

DANGER Always observe this information to protect persons from injury

NOTICE Always observe this information to prevent damage to the device

NOTE Marginal conditions that must always be observed to ensure smooth operation

ESD (Electrostatic Discharge) Warning of damage to the components through electrostatic discharge Observe the precautionary measure for handling components at risk of electrostatic discharge

NOTE Routines or advice for efficient use of a device and software optimization

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION References to additional literature manuals data sheets and INTERNET pages

13 Number Notation

Number code Example Note Decimal 100 Normal notation

Hexadecimal 0x64 C notation

Binary 100 01100100

Within nibble separated with dots ()

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

6 bull Important Notes Safety Information

14 Safety Information

NOTICE Switch off the power before replacing any components In the event of deformed contacts the module in question is to be replaced as its functionality can no longer be ensured on a long-term basis The components are not resistant against materials having seeping and insulating properties Belonging to this group of materials is eg aerosols silicones triglycerides (found in some hand creams) If it cannot be ruled out that these materials appear in the component environment then additional measures are to be taken - Installation of the components into an appropriate enclosure - Handling of the components only with clean tools and materials

NOTE Cleaning of soiled contacts may only be done with ethyl alcohol and leather cloths Thereby the ESD information is to be regarded Do not use contact sprays which could possibly impair contact area functionality The WAGO-IO-SYSTEM 750 and its components are an open system It must only be assembled in housings cabinets or in electrical operation rooms Access must only be given via a key or tool to authorized qualified personnel The relevant valid and applicable standards and guidelines regarding the installation of switch cabinets must be observed

15 Scope of Validity These QuickStart instructions describe the KNX IP StarterKit with the KNX IP Controller 750-849 and several basic components of the WAGO IO SYSTEM

You will find detailed information about operation assembly and start-up in the manuals KNX IP Controller 750-849 and WAGO IO PRO CAA This documentation is hence only valid in connection with the appropriate manuals

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION The manuals KNX IP Controller 750-849 and WAGO IO PRO CAA can be found on the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA (759-911) CD or the ELECTRONICC Tools amp Docs CD (Art no 0888-0412) or on the internet at httpwwwwagocom

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 7 Installation of Node

2 Quick Start Guide 21 Installation of Node

The node is to be installed as follows (viewed from left to right)

750-849 750-400 750-501 753-646 753-646 750-600

The DC 24V unit is connected with the power supply (24V and 0V) for the controller and for the power contact (see Fig 1)

For an application example it is sufficient to lay a jumper between 24V and + or between 0V and -

NOTE Use a small screwdriver to switch the mode selector to the upper position (see Fig 1) In this setting the Firmware and application program are executed (Activate program executionRUN)

Fig1 KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

8 bull Quick Start Guide Structure of KNX Topology

22 Structure of KNX Topology The KNX network topology is structured as follows

The KNX backbone line 10x is declared as a medium IP A WAGO KNX IP Controller is inserted on the backbone line as a node The first KNX Module on the KNX IP Controller 750-849 functions in Router Mode and the second in device mode The bus line between module 1 and module 2 should be jumpered in this application (see Fig 2) making the second module a bus node of the line 11x A total of up to 64 KNX bus nodes can be connected to the line of the router module The line must be applied through a KNX power supply using a reactor The PC with ETS3f software installed is connected with the RJ45 port of the WAGO KNX IP Controller via an Ethernet network connection Thus the ETS3 has access to all devices connected in the network

Fig 2 Topology in node v

In the structure of the Wthree addressed KNX d

KNX IP Backbone line

Bus line jumpered

101

110

iew

AGO KNX StarterKitevices (see Fig 3)

1

111 KNXEIBTP1 ModuleDevice mode

KNX Power supply

Line

110 KNXEIBTP1 ModuleRouter mode

the topology includes a total of

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 9 Structure of KNX Topology

Fig 3 Topology in the ETS3 view

750-849 + 753-646 (KNX IP Controller + first module)753-646 (second module) 750-849 (KNX IP Application Controller)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

10 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

23 Preparative Measures This chapter describes preparative measures which are necessary for the start-up of the KNX StarterKit It is assumed in all subsequent chapters that the settings and installations described in this chapter have been carried out

231 Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)

The StarterKit contains a CD (item no 759-333) with the programming software WAGO IO PRO CAA WAGO IO PRO CAA is a programming and visualization tool for PLC programs With this software the application programs for the programmable Fieldbus Controller (eg KNX IP Controller 750-849) are developed WAGO IO PRO CAA functions in compliance with the standard of IEC 61131-3 This standard describes the requirements of a programming system The AWL KOP FUP ST and AS programming languages are supported The optimal programming language can be chosen for each application

Installation

1 Insert the WAGO IO PRO CAA CD into your CD-ROM drive

2 Start the executable installation program setupexe

3 Follow the directions during installation using the specified settings if possible

4 After installation is completed the programming software can be started via the your PCs start menu Start Programs WAGO Software CoDeSys for Automation Alliance CoDeSys V23 CoDeSys V23

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 11 Preparative Measures

232 Copying the Project Data to the PC

For the start-up of the KNX IP StarterKits sample application data is required which is provided on the Internet

httpwwwwagocatalogcomokv3Download_filesKNX_StarterKit_dzip

Unzip the ZIP data to an empty folder on your PC The data can then be copied to the target folder (see below)

01 Copying the ETS3 project database Copy the WAGO_StarterKitdb ETS3 database to the following directory

02 Copying the WAGO IO PRO CAA application program Copy the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA application program WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro to the following directory

03 Copying the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA libraries Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA libraries KNX_Standardlib and KNX_IP_750_849_01lib to the following directory Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA library WAGOLibKNXDevicelib to the following directory

04 WAGO Ethernet Settings Install the WAGO Ethernet Settings software (V403)

05 ETS product database for the IP-Controller

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION You can find other downloads for the KNXEIB applications on the WAGO website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB downloads

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

12 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

233 Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection

The installation of the ETS3 Professional software (version 30f or higher) is required to start up the WAGO KNX IP StarterKit

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu Start Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Database selection by user Select the PROMPT USER function in the Tools Options Database menu item

Fig 4 Activating database scanning

3 Closing ETS3 Close the ETS3 software via the menu item File Exit

4 Restarting ETS3 See Point 1

5 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 13 Preparative Measures

Fig 5 Opening the database

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION An update that may be necessary for the ETS 30 software can be found on the Konnex website httpwwwkonnexorg

234 Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849

Import the product database for the IP-Contrioller to the ETS3 Software Please open via the menue File Import the file ldquoIP-Controllervd4rdquo

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

14 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

24 Starting Up the Ethernet Network This chapter describes how an IP address can be assigned to the KNX IP Controller

After switching on the controller an IP address from the address area 16925410 to 169254254255 is automatically assigned using AutoIP (assuming no DHCP server was found) It is shown below how the IP address can be changed using the ETS3 software The following requirements must be met

1 Creating a network connection Create a connection between one of the two RJ45 Fieldbus interfaces of the KXN IP Controller and your PCs network card The cross-over cable contained in the StarterKit can be used for this purpose

2 Identifying the IP address of the PC You can identify the network address of your PC under Start Settings Network and Dial-up Connections LAN Connection x Highlight the internet protocol (TCPIP) in the drop-down list box and press the PROPERTIES button The KNX IP Controllers IP address which is to be set up later must be in the same address area as that of the connected PC

Fig 6 Settings of the PCs network card

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 15 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A detailed description of other possibilities for the assignment of an IP address can be found in the manual for the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 You can find this on the website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB Downloads

NOTE The double assignment of IP addresses can lead to serious network errors

241 Setting up the ETS3 communication driver

To set up the communication driver please proceed as follows

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu ldquoStart Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

3 Configuring the interface You can set up the configuration of the interface under Tools Options Communication Press the button CONFIGURE INTERFACE Configure the interface as shown in Figure 7 and exit the window via the OK button

Select here your PCs network adapter

Fig7 Configuring the ETS3 communications interface

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

16 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

242 Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

The IP address is created by setting the parameters in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

1 Selecting the device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

Fig 8 Editing the parameters of the IP router

2 Plug-in Configuration After the action under Point 1 has been carried out the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in for the IP router opens Here you set the desired IP address of the WAGO KNX IP Controller 750-849 as shown in Fig 9

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 17 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 9 Settings of the IP router Plug-in

NOTE The MAC address of the KNX IP Controller must be given in the MAC Address field This address can be found on the backside of the controller as well as on a self-adhesive removable label on the side of the controller After the MAC address has been entered the current IP address can be restored via the SCAN IP button

3 Programming the physical address and application Load the settings created in Point 2 via ETS3 download to the KNX IP Controller Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Progamm Address amp Application button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

18 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 10 Starting the ETS download

4 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG RT label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

5 Resetting After the download is completed reset the controller (eg by temporarily disconnecting the 24V power supply)

6 Testing the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prTesting the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the nodeompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the node

Fig 11 Testing the connection of the 750-849 Controller with Ping

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 19 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

7 Many settings can be viewed and edited via the Web Based Managment (WBM) system To do this launch your web browser and enter http in the address line followed by the IP address of the node (eg http192168120 )

The integrated web server will then return the following website

Fig 12 Homepage of the web server integrated in the 750-849 Controller

The configuration sites linked via Hyperlinks require a login In the default state the following users are defined

User Password

admin wago

user user

guest guest

Fig 13 Users and passwords of the 750-849 Controllers web server

NOTE The IP address for the controller can alternatively be assigned with the WAGO Ethernet Settings software instead of with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in In this case the IP address is assigned via the supplied serial programming cable 750-920

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

20 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

25 The First Program Requirement The WAGO IO PRO CAA software (CoDeSys) must be correctly installed and the KNX-specific libraries must be in the library directory of the WAGO IO PRO CAA software

Double-click to start the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro application program from the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory

251 Hardware Configuration

The variables for the digital inputs and outputs are declared in the PLC configuration (Fig 14)

Fig 14 Hardware configuration

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 3: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

Table of Contents bull iii

Table of Contents

1 Important Notes 4 11 Legal Principles 4 111 Copyright 4 112 Personnel Qualification 4 113 Intended Use 4 12 Symbols 5 13 Number Notation 5 14 Safety Information 6 15 Scope of Validity 6

2 Quick Start Guide 7 21 Installation of Node 7 22 Structure of KNX Topology 8 23 Preparative Measures 10 231 Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA

(CoDeSys Automation Alliance) 10 232 Copying the Project Data to the PC 11 233 Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection 12 234 Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849 13 24 Starting Up the Ethernet Network 14 241 Setting up the ETS3 communication driver 15 242 Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in 16 25 The First Program 20 251 Hardware Configuration 20 252 Main Program 21 253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller 21 254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module 24 255 Configuring the Symbol File 25 256 Activation of the USR LED 27 26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 27 27 ETS3 Configuration 28 271 Configuration Router 28 272 Configuration of IP Controller 29 273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646 31 28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor 33

3 Troubleshooting 34

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

4 bull Important Notes Legal Principles

1 Important Notes To ensure fast installation and start-up of the units described in this manual we strongly recommend that the following information and explanations are carefully read and adhered to

11 Legal Principles

111 Copyright

This manual including all figures and illustrations contained therein is subject to copyright Any use of this manual which infringes the copyright provisions stipulated herein is not permitted Reproduction translation into other languages and electronic and photographic archiving and amendments require the written consent of WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Minden Non-observance will entail the right of claims for damages

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG reserves the right to enact changes that serve technical progress All rights developing from the issue of a patent or the legal protection of utility patents are reserved to WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Third-party products are always indicated without any notes concerning patent rights Thus the existence of such rights must not be excluded

112 Personnel Qualification

The use of the product described in this manual is exclusively geared to specialists having qualifications in PLC programming electrical specialists or persons instructed by electrical specialists who are also familiar with the appropriate applicable standards WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG declines any liability resulting from improper action and damage to WAGO products and third-party products due to non-observance of the information contained in this manual

113 Intended Use

For each individual application the components are supplied from the factory with a dedicated hardware and software configuration Modifications are only admitted within the framework of the possibilities documented in the manuals All other changes to the hardware andor software and the non-conforming use of the components entail the exclusion of liability on the part of WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG

Please direct any requirements pertaining to a modified andor new hardware or software configuration directly to WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Important Notes bull 5 Symbols

12 Symbols

DANGER Always observe this information to protect persons from injury

NOTICE Always observe this information to prevent damage to the device

NOTE Marginal conditions that must always be observed to ensure smooth operation

ESD (Electrostatic Discharge) Warning of damage to the components through electrostatic discharge Observe the precautionary measure for handling components at risk of electrostatic discharge

NOTE Routines or advice for efficient use of a device and software optimization

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION References to additional literature manuals data sheets and INTERNET pages

13 Number Notation

Number code Example Note Decimal 100 Normal notation

Hexadecimal 0x64 C notation

Binary 100 01100100

Within nibble separated with dots ()

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

6 bull Important Notes Safety Information

14 Safety Information

NOTICE Switch off the power before replacing any components In the event of deformed contacts the module in question is to be replaced as its functionality can no longer be ensured on a long-term basis The components are not resistant against materials having seeping and insulating properties Belonging to this group of materials is eg aerosols silicones triglycerides (found in some hand creams) If it cannot be ruled out that these materials appear in the component environment then additional measures are to be taken - Installation of the components into an appropriate enclosure - Handling of the components only with clean tools and materials

NOTE Cleaning of soiled contacts may only be done with ethyl alcohol and leather cloths Thereby the ESD information is to be regarded Do not use contact sprays which could possibly impair contact area functionality The WAGO-IO-SYSTEM 750 and its components are an open system It must only be assembled in housings cabinets or in electrical operation rooms Access must only be given via a key or tool to authorized qualified personnel The relevant valid and applicable standards and guidelines regarding the installation of switch cabinets must be observed

15 Scope of Validity These QuickStart instructions describe the KNX IP StarterKit with the KNX IP Controller 750-849 and several basic components of the WAGO IO SYSTEM

You will find detailed information about operation assembly and start-up in the manuals KNX IP Controller 750-849 and WAGO IO PRO CAA This documentation is hence only valid in connection with the appropriate manuals

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION The manuals KNX IP Controller 750-849 and WAGO IO PRO CAA can be found on the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA (759-911) CD or the ELECTRONICC Tools amp Docs CD (Art no 0888-0412) or on the internet at httpwwwwagocom

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 7 Installation of Node

2 Quick Start Guide 21 Installation of Node

The node is to be installed as follows (viewed from left to right)

750-849 750-400 750-501 753-646 753-646 750-600

The DC 24V unit is connected with the power supply (24V and 0V) for the controller and for the power contact (see Fig 1)

For an application example it is sufficient to lay a jumper between 24V and + or between 0V and -

NOTE Use a small screwdriver to switch the mode selector to the upper position (see Fig 1) In this setting the Firmware and application program are executed (Activate program executionRUN)

Fig1 KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

8 bull Quick Start Guide Structure of KNX Topology

22 Structure of KNX Topology The KNX network topology is structured as follows

The KNX backbone line 10x is declared as a medium IP A WAGO KNX IP Controller is inserted on the backbone line as a node The first KNX Module on the KNX IP Controller 750-849 functions in Router Mode and the second in device mode The bus line between module 1 and module 2 should be jumpered in this application (see Fig 2) making the second module a bus node of the line 11x A total of up to 64 KNX bus nodes can be connected to the line of the router module The line must be applied through a KNX power supply using a reactor The PC with ETS3f software installed is connected with the RJ45 port of the WAGO KNX IP Controller via an Ethernet network connection Thus the ETS3 has access to all devices connected in the network

Fig 2 Topology in node v

In the structure of the Wthree addressed KNX d

KNX IP Backbone line

Bus line jumpered

101

110

iew

AGO KNX StarterKitevices (see Fig 3)

1

111 KNXEIBTP1 ModuleDevice mode

KNX Power supply

Line

110 KNXEIBTP1 ModuleRouter mode

the topology includes a total of

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 9 Structure of KNX Topology

Fig 3 Topology in the ETS3 view

750-849 + 753-646 (KNX IP Controller + first module)753-646 (second module) 750-849 (KNX IP Application Controller)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

10 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

23 Preparative Measures This chapter describes preparative measures which are necessary for the start-up of the KNX StarterKit It is assumed in all subsequent chapters that the settings and installations described in this chapter have been carried out

231 Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)

The StarterKit contains a CD (item no 759-333) with the programming software WAGO IO PRO CAA WAGO IO PRO CAA is a programming and visualization tool for PLC programs With this software the application programs for the programmable Fieldbus Controller (eg KNX IP Controller 750-849) are developed WAGO IO PRO CAA functions in compliance with the standard of IEC 61131-3 This standard describes the requirements of a programming system The AWL KOP FUP ST and AS programming languages are supported The optimal programming language can be chosen for each application

Installation

1 Insert the WAGO IO PRO CAA CD into your CD-ROM drive

2 Start the executable installation program setupexe

3 Follow the directions during installation using the specified settings if possible

4 After installation is completed the programming software can be started via the your PCs start menu Start Programs WAGO Software CoDeSys for Automation Alliance CoDeSys V23 CoDeSys V23

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 11 Preparative Measures

232 Copying the Project Data to the PC

For the start-up of the KNX IP StarterKits sample application data is required which is provided on the Internet

httpwwwwagocatalogcomokv3Download_filesKNX_StarterKit_dzip

Unzip the ZIP data to an empty folder on your PC The data can then be copied to the target folder (see below)

01 Copying the ETS3 project database Copy the WAGO_StarterKitdb ETS3 database to the following directory

02 Copying the WAGO IO PRO CAA application program Copy the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA application program WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro to the following directory

03 Copying the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA libraries Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA libraries KNX_Standardlib and KNX_IP_750_849_01lib to the following directory Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA library WAGOLibKNXDevicelib to the following directory

04 WAGO Ethernet Settings Install the WAGO Ethernet Settings software (V403)

05 ETS product database for the IP-Controller

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION You can find other downloads for the KNXEIB applications on the WAGO website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB downloads

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

12 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

233 Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection

The installation of the ETS3 Professional software (version 30f or higher) is required to start up the WAGO KNX IP StarterKit

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu Start Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Database selection by user Select the PROMPT USER function in the Tools Options Database menu item

Fig 4 Activating database scanning

3 Closing ETS3 Close the ETS3 software via the menu item File Exit

4 Restarting ETS3 See Point 1

5 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 13 Preparative Measures

Fig 5 Opening the database

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION An update that may be necessary for the ETS 30 software can be found on the Konnex website httpwwwkonnexorg

234 Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849

Import the product database for the IP-Contrioller to the ETS3 Software Please open via the menue File Import the file ldquoIP-Controllervd4rdquo

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

14 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

24 Starting Up the Ethernet Network This chapter describes how an IP address can be assigned to the KNX IP Controller

After switching on the controller an IP address from the address area 16925410 to 169254254255 is automatically assigned using AutoIP (assuming no DHCP server was found) It is shown below how the IP address can be changed using the ETS3 software The following requirements must be met

1 Creating a network connection Create a connection between one of the two RJ45 Fieldbus interfaces of the KXN IP Controller and your PCs network card The cross-over cable contained in the StarterKit can be used for this purpose

2 Identifying the IP address of the PC You can identify the network address of your PC under Start Settings Network and Dial-up Connections LAN Connection x Highlight the internet protocol (TCPIP) in the drop-down list box and press the PROPERTIES button The KNX IP Controllers IP address which is to be set up later must be in the same address area as that of the connected PC

Fig 6 Settings of the PCs network card

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 15 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A detailed description of other possibilities for the assignment of an IP address can be found in the manual for the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 You can find this on the website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB Downloads

NOTE The double assignment of IP addresses can lead to serious network errors

241 Setting up the ETS3 communication driver

To set up the communication driver please proceed as follows

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu ldquoStart Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

3 Configuring the interface You can set up the configuration of the interface under Tools Options Communication Press the button CONFIGURE INTERFACE Configure the interface as shown in Figure 7 and exit the window via the OK button

Select here your PCs network adapter

Fig7 Configuring the ETS3 communications interface

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

16 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

242 Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

The IP address is created by setting the parameters in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

1 Selecting the device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

Fig 8 Editing the parameters of the IP router

2 Plug-in Configuration After the action under Point 1 has been carried out the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in for the IP router opens Here you set the desired IP address of the WAGO KNX IP Controller 750-849 as shown in Fig 9

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 17 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 9 Settings of the IP router Plug-in

NOTE The MAC address of the KNX IP Controller must be given in the MAC Address field This address can be found on the backside of the controller as well as on a self-adhesive removable label on the side of the controller After the MAC address has been entered the current IP address can be restored via the SCAN IP button

3 Programming the physical address and application Load the settings created in Point 2 via ETS3 download to the KNX IP Controller Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Progamm Address amp Application button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

18 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 10 Starting the ETS download

4 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG RT label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

5 Resetting After the download is completed reset the controller (eg by temporarily disconnecting the 24V power supply)

6 Testing the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prTesting the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the nodeompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the node

Fig 11 Testing the connection of the 750-849 Controller with Ping

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 19 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

7 Many settings can be viewed and edited via the Web Based Managment (WBM) system To do this launch your web browser and enter http in the address line followed by the IP address of the node (eg http192168120 )

The integrated web server will then return the following website

Fig 12 Homepage of the web server integrated in the 750-849 Controller

The configuration sites linked via Hyperlinks require a login In the default state the following users are defined

User Password

admin wago

user user

guest guest

Fig 13 Users and passwords of the 750-849 Controllers web server

NOTE The IP address for the controller can alternatively be assigned with the WAGO Ethernet Settings software instead of with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in In this case the IP address is assigned via the supplied serial programming cable 750-920

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

20 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

25 The First Program Requirement The WAGO IO PRO CAA software (CoDeSys) must be correctly installed and the KNX-specific libraries must be in the library directory of the WAGO IO PRO CAA software

Double-click to start the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro application program from the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory

251 Hardware Configuration

The variables for the digital inputs and outputs are declared in the PLC configuration (Fig 14)

Fig 14 Hardware configuration

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 4: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

4 bull Important Notes Legal Principles

1 Important Notes To ensure fast installation and start-up of the units described in this manual we strongly recommend that the following information and explanations are carefully read and adhered to

11 Legal Principles

111 Copyright

This manual including all figures and illustrations contained therein is subject to copyright Any use of this manual which infringes the copyright provisions stipulated herein is not permitted Reproduction translation into other languages and electronic and photographic archiving and amendments require the written consent of WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Minden Non-observance will entail the right of claims for damages

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG reserves the right to enact changes that serve technical progress All rights developing from the issue of a patent or the legal protection of utility patents are reserved to WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Third-party products are always indicated without any notes concerning patent rights Thus the existence of such rights must not be excluded

112 Personnel Qualification

The use of the product described in this manual is exclusively geared to specialists having qualifications in PLC programming electrical specialists or persons instructed by electrical specialists who are also familiar with the appropriate applicable standards WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG declines any liability resulting from improper action and damage to WAGO products and third-party products due to non-observance of the information contained in this manual

113 Intended Use

For each individual application the components are supplied from the factory with a dedicated hardware and software configuration Modifications are only admitted within the framework of the possibilities documented in the manuals All other changes to the hardware andor software and the non-conforming use of the components entail the exclusion of liability on the part of WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG

Please direct any requirements pertaining to a modified andor new hardware or software configuration directly to WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Important Notes bull 5 Symbols

12 Symbols

DANGER Always observe this information to protect persons from injury

NOTICE Always observe this information to prevent damage to the device

NOTE Marginal conditions that must always be observed to ensure smooth operation

ESD (Electrostatic Discharge) Warning of damage to the components through electrostatic discharge Observe the precautionary measure for handling components at risk of electrostatic discharge

NOTE Routines or advice for efficient use of a device and software optimization

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION References to additional literature manuals data sheets and INTERNET pages

13 Number Notation

Number code Example Note Decimal 100 Normal notation

Hexadecimal 0x64 C notation

Binary 100 01100100

Within nibble separated with dots ()

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

6 bull Important Notes Safety Information

14 Safety Information

NOTICE Switch off the power before replacing any components In the event of deformed contacts the module in question is to be replaced as its functionality can no longer be ensured on a long-term basis The components are not resistant against materials having seeping and insulating properties Belonging to this group of materials is eg aerosols silicones triglycerides (found in some hand creams) If it cannot be ruled out that these materials appear in the component environment then additional measures are to be taken - Installation of the components into an appropriate enclosure - Handling of the components only with clean tools and materials

NOTE Cleaning of soiled contacts may only be done with ethyl alcohol and leather cloths Thereby the ESD information is to be regarded Do not use contact sprays which could possibly impair contact area functionality The WAGO-IO-SYSTEM 750 and its components are an open system It must only be assembled in housings cabinets or in electrical operation rooms Access must only be given via a key or tool to authorized qualified personnel The relevant valid and applicable standards and guidelines regarding the installation of switch cabinets must be observed

15 Scope of Validity These QuickStart instructions describe the KNX IP StarterKit with the KNX IP Controller 750-849 and several basic components of the WAGO IO SYSTEM

You will find detailed information about operation assembly and start-up in the manuals KNX IP Controller 750-849 and WAGO IO PRO CAA This documentation is hence only valid in connection with the appropriate manuals

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION The manuals KNX IP Controller 750-849 and WAGO IO PRO CAA can be found on the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA (759-911) CD or the ELECTRONICC Tools amp Docs CD (Art no 0888-0412) or on the internet at httpwwwwagocom

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 7 Installation of Node

2 Quick Start Guide 21 Installation of Node

The node is to be installed as follows (viewed from left to right)

750-849 750-400 750-501 753-646 753-646 750-600

The DC 24V unit is connected with the power supply (24V and 0V) for the controller and for the power contact (see Fig 1)

For an application example it is sufficient to lay a jumper between 24V and + or between 0V and -

NOTE Use a small screwdriver to switch the mode selector to the upper position (see Fig 1) In this setting the Firmware and application program are executed (Activate program executionRUN)

Fig1 KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

8 bull Quick Start Guide Structure of KNX Topology

22 Structure of KNX Topology The KNX network topology is structured as follows

The KNX backbone line 10x is declared as a medium IP A WAGO KNX IP Controller is inserted on the backbone line as a node The first KNX Module on the KNX IP Controller 750-849 functions in Router Mode and the second in device mode The bus line between module 1 and module 2 should be jumpered in this application (see Fig 2) making the second module a bus node of the line 11x A total of up to 64 KNX bus nodes can be connected to the line of the router module The line must be applied through a KNX power supply using a reactor The PC with ETS3f software installed is connected with the RJ45 port of the WAGO KNX IP Controller via an Ethernet network connection Thus the ETS3 has access to all devices connected in the network

Fig 2 Topology in node v

In the structure of the Wthree addressed KNX d

KNX IP Backbone line

Bus line jumpered

101

110

iew

AGO KNX StarterKitevices (see Fig 3)

1

111 KNXEIBTP1 ModuleDevice mode

KNX Power supply

Line

110 KNXEIBTP1 ModuleRouter mode

the topology includes a total of

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 9 Structure of KNX Topology

Fig 3 Topology in the ETS3 view

750-849 + 753-646 (KNX IP Controller + first module)753-646 (second module) 750-849 (KNX IP Application Controller)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

10 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

23 Preparative Measures This chapter describes preparative measures which are necessary for the start-up of the KNX StarterKit It is assumed in all subsequent chapters that the settings and installations described in this chapter have been carried out

231 Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)

The StarterKit contains a CD (item no 759-333) with the programming software WAGO IO PRO CAA WAGO IO PRO CAA is a programming and visualization tool for PLC programs With this software the application programs for the programmable Fieldbus Controller (eg KNX IP Controller 750-849) are developed WAGO IO PRO CAA functions in compliance with the standard of IEC 61131-3 This standard describes the requirements of a programming system The AWL KOP FUP ST and AS programming languages are supported The optimal programming language can be chosen for each application

Installation

1 Insert the WAGO IO PRO CAA CD into your CD-ROM drive

2 Start the executable installation program setupexe

3 Follow the directions during installation using the specified settings if possible

4 After installation is completed the programming software can be started via the your PCs start menu Start Programs WAGO Software CoDeSys for Automation Alliance CoDeSys V23 CoDeSys V23

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 11 Preparative Measures

232 Copying the Project Data to the PC

For the start-up of the KNX IP StarterKits sample application data is required which is provided on the Internet

httpwwwwagocatalogcomokv3Download_filesKNX_StarterKit_dzip

Unzip the ZIP data to an empty folder on your PC The data can then be copied to the target folder (see below)

01 Copying the ETS3 project database Copy the WAGO_StarterKitdb ETS3 database to the following directory

02 Copying the WAGO IO PRO CAA application program Copy the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA application program WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro to the following directory

03 Copying the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA libraries Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA libraries KNX_Standardlib and KNX_IP_750_849_01lib to the following directory Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA library WAGOLibKNXDevicelib to the following directory

04 WAGO Ethernet Settings Install the WAGO Ethernet Settings software (V403)

05 ETS product database for the IP-Controller

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION You can find other downloads for the KNXEIB applications on the WAGO website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB downloads

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

12 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

233 Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection

The installation of the ETS3 Professional software (version 30f or higher) is required to start up the WAGO KNX IP StarterKit

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu Start Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Database selection by user Select the PROMPT USER function in the Tools Options Database menu item

Fig 4 Activating database scanning

3 Closing ETS3 Close the ETS3 software via the menu item File Exit

4 Restarting ETS3 See Point 1

5 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 13 Preparative Measures

Fig 5 Opening the database

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION An update that may be necessary for the ETS 30 software can be found on the Konnex website httpwwwkonnexorg

234 Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849

Import the product database for the IP-Contrioller to the ETS3 Software Please open via the menue File Import the file ldquoIP-Controllervd4rdquo

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

14 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

24 Starting Up the Ethernet Network This chapter describes how an IP address can be assigned to the KNX IP Controller

After switching on the controller an IP address from the address area 16925410 to 169254254255 is automatically assigned using AutoIP (assuming no DHCP server was found) It is shown below how the IP address can be changed using the ETS3 software The following requirements must be met

1 Creating a network connection Create a connection between one of the two RJ45 Fieldbus interfaces of the KXN IP Controller and your PCs network card The cross-over cable contained in the StarterKit can be used for this purpose

2 Identifying the IP address of the PC You can identify the network address of your PC under Start Settings Network and Dial-up Connections LAN Connection x Highlight the internet protocol (TCPIP) in the drop-down list box and press the PROPERTIES button The KNX IP Controllers IP address which is to be set up later must be in the same address area as that of the connected PC

Fig 6 Settings of the PCs network card

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 15 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A detailed description of other possibilities for the assignment of an IP address can be found in the manual for the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 You can find this on the website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB Downloads

NOTE The double assignment of IP addresses can lead to serious network errors

241 Setting up the ETS3 communication driver

To set up the communication driver please proceed as follows

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu ldquoStart Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

3 Configuring the interface You can set up the configuration of the interface under Tools Options Communication Press the button CONFIGURE INTERFACE Configure the interface as shown in Figure 7 and exit the window via the OK button

Select here your PCs network adapter

Fig7 Configuring the ETS3 communications interface

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

16 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

242 Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

The IP address is created by setting the parameters in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

1 Selecting the device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

Fig 8 Editing the parameters of the IP router

2 Plug-in Configuration After the action under Point 1 has been carried out the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in for the IP router opens Here you set the desired IP address of the WAGO KNX IP Controller 750-849 as shown in Fig 9

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 17 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 9 Settings of the IP router Plug-in

NOTE The MAC address of the KNX IP Controller must be given in the MAC Address field This address can be found on the backside of the controller as well as on a self-adhesive removable label on the side of the controller After the MAC address has been entered the current IP address can be restored via the SCAN IP button

3 Programming the physical address and application Load the settings created in Point 2 via ETS3 download to the KNX IP Controller Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Progamm Address amp Application button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

18 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 10 Starting the ETS download

4 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG RT label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

5 Resetting After the download is completed reset the controller (eg by temporarily disconnecting the 24V power supply)

6 Testing the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prTesting the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the nodeompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the node

Fig 11 Testing the connection of the 750-849 Controller with Ping

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 19 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

7 Many settings can be viewed and edited via the Web Based Managment (WBM) system To do this launch your web browser and enter http in the address line followed by the IP address of the node (eg http192168120 )

The integrated web server will then return the following website

Fig 12 Homepage of the web server integrated in the 750-849 Controller

The configuration sites linked via Hyperlinks require a login In the default state the following users are defined

User Password

admin wago

user user

guest guest

Fig 13 Users and passwords of the 750-849 Controllers web server

NOTE The IP address for the controller can alternatively be assigned with the WAGO Ethernet Settings software instead of with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in In this case the IP address is assigned via the supplied serial programming cable 750-920

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

20 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

25 The First Program Requirement The WAGO IO PRO CAA software (CoDeSys) must be correctly installed and the KNX-specific libraries must be in the library directory of the WAGO IO PRO CAA software

Double-click to start the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro application program from the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory

251 Hardware Configuration

The variables for the digital inputs and outputs are declared in the PLC configuration (Fig 14)

Fig 14 Hardware configuration

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 5: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

Important Notes bull 5 Symbols

12 Symbols

DANGER Always observe this information to protect persons from injury

NOTICE Always observe this information to prevent damage to the device

NOTE Marginal conditions that must always be observed to ensure smooth operation

ESD (Electrostatic Discharge) Warning of damage to the components through electrostatic discharge Observe the precautionary measure for handling components at risk of electrostatic discharge

NOTE Routines or advice for efficient use of a device and software optimization

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION References to additional literature manuals data sheets and INTERNET pages

13 Number Notation

Number code Example Note Decimal 100 Normal notation

Hexadecimal 0x64 C notation

Binary 100 01100100

Within nibble separated with dots ()

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

6 bull Important Notes Safety Information

14 Safety Information

NOTICE Switch off the power before replacing any components In the event of deformed contacts the module in question is to be replaced as its functionality can no longer be ensured on a long-term basis The components are not resistant against materials having seeping and insulating properties Belonging to this group of materials is eg aerosols silicones triglycerides (found in some hand creams) If it cannot be ruled out that these materials appear in the component environment then additional measures are to be taken - Installation of the components into an appropriate enclosure - Handling of the components only with clean tools and materials

NOTE Cleaning of soiled contacts may only be done with ethyl alcohol and leather cloths Thereby the ESD information is to be regarded Do not use contact sprays which could possibly impair contact area functionality The WAGO-IO-SYSTEM 750 and its components are an open system It must only be assembled in housings cabinets or in electrical operation rooms Access must only be given via a key or tool to authorized qualified personnel The relevant valid and applicable standards and guidelines regarding the installation of switch cabinets must be observed

15 Scope of Validity These QuickStart instructions describe the KNX IP StarterKit with the KNX IP Controller 750-849 and several basic components of the WAGO IO SYSTEM

You will find detailed information about operation assembly and start-up in the manuals KNX IP Controller 750-849 and WAGO IO PRO CAA This documentation is hence only valid in connection with the appropriate manuals

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION The manuals KNX IP Controller 750-849 and WAGO IO PRO CAA can be found on the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA (759-911) CD or the ELECTRONICC Tools amp Docs CD (Art no 0888-0412) or on the internet at httpwwwwagocom

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 7 Installation of Node

2 Quick Start Guide 21 Installation of Node

The node is to be installed as follows (viewed from left to right)

750-849 750-400 750-501 753-646 753-646 750-600

The DC 24V unit is connected with the power supply (24V and 0V) for the controller and for the power contact (see Fig 1)

For an application example it is sufficient to lay a jumper between 24V and + or between 0V and -

NOTE Use a small screwdriver to switch the mode selector to the upper position (see Fig 1) In this setting the Firmware and application program are executed (Activate program executionRUN)

Fig1 KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

8 bull Quick Start Guide Structure of KNX Topology

22 Structure of KNX Topology The KNX network topology is structured as follows

The KNX backbone line 10x is declared as a medium IP A WAGO KNX IP Controller is inserted on the backbone line as a node The first KNX Module on the KNX IP Controller 750-849 functions in Router Mode and the second in device mode The bus line between module 1 and module 2 should be jumpered in this application (see Fig 2) making the second module a bus node of the line 11x A total of up to 64 KNX bus nodes can be connected to the line of the router module The line must be applied through a KNX power supply using a reactor The PC with ETS3f software installed is connected with the RJ45 port of the WAGO KNX IP Controller via an Ethernet network connection Thus the ETS3 has access to all devices connected in the network

Fig 2 Topology in node v

In the structure of the Wthree addressed KNX d

KNX IP Backbone line

Bus line jumpered

101

110

iew

AGO KNX StarterKitevices (see Fig 3)

1

111 KNXEIBTP1 ModuleDevice mode

KNX Power supply

Line

110 KNXEIBTP1 ModuleRouter mode

the topology includes a total of

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 9 Structure of KNX Topology

Fig 3 Topology in the ETS3 view

750-849 + 753-646 (KNX IP Controller + first module)753-646 (second module) 750-849 (KNX IP Application Controller)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

10 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

23 Preparative Measures This chapter describes preparative measures which are necessary for the start-up of the KNX StarterKit It is assumed in all subsequent chapters that the settings and installations described in this chapter have been carried out

231 Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)

The StarterKit contains a CD (item no 759-333) with the programming software WAGO IO PRO CAA WAGO IO PRO CAA is a programming and visualization tool for PLC programs With this software the application programs for the programmable Fieldbus Controller (eg KNX IP Controller 750-849) are developed WAGO IO PRO CAA functions in compliance with the standard of IEC 61131-3 This standard describes the requirements of a programming system The AWL KOP FUP ST and AS programming languages are supported The optimal programming language can be chosen for each application

Installation

1 Insert the WAGO IO PRO CAA CD into your CD-ROM drive

2 Start the executable installation program setupexe

3 Follow the directions during installation using the specified settings if possible

4 After installation is completed the programming software can be started via the your PCs start menu Start Programs WAGO Software CoDeSys for Automation Alliance CoDeSys V23 CoDeSys V23

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 11 Preparative Measures

232 Copying the Project Data to the PC

For the start-up of the KNX IP StarterKits sample application data is required which is provided on the Internet

httpwwwwagocatalogcomokv3Download_filesKNX_StarterKit_dzip

Unzip the ZIP data to an empty folder on your PC The data can then be copied to the target folder (see below)

01 Copying the ETS3 project database Copy the WAGO_StarterKitdb ETS3 database to the following directory

02 Copying the WAGO IO PRO CAA application program Copy the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA application program WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro to the following directory

03 Copying the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA libraries Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA libraries KNX_Standardlib and KNX_IP_750_849_01lib to the following directory Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA library WAGOLibKNXDevicelib to the following directory

04 WAGO Ethernet Settings Install the WAGO Ethernet Settings software (V403)

05 ETS product database for the IP-Controller

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION You can find other downloads for the KNXEIB applications on the WAGO website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB downloads

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

12 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

233 Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection

The installation of the ETS3 Professional software (version 30f or higher) is required to start up the WAGO KNX IP StarterKit

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu Start Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Database selection by user Select the PROMPT USER function in the Tools Options Database menu item

Fig 4 Activating database scanning

3 Closing ETS3 Close the ETS3 software via the menu item File Exit

4 Restarting ETS3 See Point 1

5 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 13 Preparative Measures

Fig 5 Opening the database

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION An update that may be necessary for the ETS 30 software can be found on the Konnex website httpwwwkonnexorg

234 Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849

Import the product database for the IP-Contrioller to the ETS3 Software Please open via the menue File Import the file ldquoIP-Controllervd4rdquo

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

14 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

24 Starting Up the Ethernet Network This chapter describes how an IP address can be assigned to the KNX IP Controller

After switching on the controller an IP address from the address area 16925410 to 169254254255 is automatically assigned using AutoIP (assuming no DHCP server was found) It is shown below how the IP address can be changed using the ETS3 software The following requirements must be met

1 Creating a network connection Create a connection between one of the two RJ45 Fieldbus interfaces of the KXN IP Controller and your PCs network card The cross-over cable contained in the StarterKit can be used for this purpose

2 Identifying the IP address of the PC You can identify the network address of your PC under Start Settings Network and Dial-up Connections LAN Connection x Highlight the internet protocol (TCPIP) in the drop-down list box and press the PROPERTIES button The KNX IP Controllers IP address which is to be set up later must be in the same address area as that of the connected PC

Fig 6 Settings of the PCs network card

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 15 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A detailed description of other possibilities for the assignment of an IP address can be found in the manual for the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 You can find this on the website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB Downloads

NOTE The double assignment of IP addresses can lead to serious network errors

241 Setting up the ETS3 communication driver

To set up the communication driver please proceed as follows

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu ldquoStart Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

3 Configuring the interface You can set up the configuration of the interface under Tools Options Communication Press the button CONFIGURE INTERFACE Configure the interface as shown in Figure 7 and exit the window via the OK button

Select here your PCs network adapter

Fig7 Configuring the ETS3 communications interface

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

16 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

242 Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

The IP address is created by setting the parameters in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

1 Selecting the device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

Fig 8 Editing the parameters of the IP router

2 Plug-in Configuration After the action under Point 1 has been carried out the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in for the IP router opens Here you set the desired IP address of the WAGO KNX IP Controller 750-849 as shown in Fig 9

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 17 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 9 Settings of the IP router Plug-in

NOTE The MAC address of the KNX IP Controller must be given in the MAC Address field This address can be found on the backside of the controller as well as on a self-adhesive removable label on the side of the controller After the MAC address has been entered the current IP address can be restored via the SCAN IP button

3 Programming the physical address and application Load the settings created in Point 2 via ETS3 download to the KNX IP Controller Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Progamm Address amp Application button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

18 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 10 Starting the ETS download

4 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG RT label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

5 Resetting After the download is completed reset the controller (eg by temporarily disconnecting the 24V power supply)

6 Testing the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prTesting the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the nodeompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the node

Fig 11 Testing the connection of the 750-849 Controller with Ping

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 19 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

7 Many settings can be viewed and edited via the Web Based Managment (WBM) system To do this launch your web browser and enter http in the address line followed by the IP address of the node (eg http192168120 )

The integrated web server will then return the following website

Fig 12 Homepage of the web server integrated in the 750-849 Controller

The configuration sites linked via Hyperlinks require a login In the default state the following users are defined

User Password

admin wago

user user

guest guest

Fig 13 Users and passwords of the 750-849 Controllers web server

NOTE The IP address for the controller can alternatively be assigned with the WAGO Ethernet Settings software instead of with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in In this case the IP address is assigned via the supplied serial programming cable 750-920

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

20 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

25 The First Program Requirement The WAGO IO PRO CAA software (CoDeSys) must be correctly installed and the KNX-specific libraries must be in the library directory of the WAGO IO PRO CAA software

Double-click to start the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro application program from the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory

251 Hardware Configuration

The variables for the digital inputs and outputs are declared in the PLC configuration (Fig 14)

Fig 14 Hardware configuration

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 6: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

6 bull Important Notes Safety Information

14 Safety Information

NOTICE Switch off the power before replacing any components In the event of deformed contacts the module in question is to be replaced as its functionality can no longer be ensured on a long-term basis The components are not resistant against materials having seeping and insulating properties Belonging to this group of materials is eg aerosols silicones triglycerides (found in some hand creams) If it cannot be ruled out that these materials appear in the component environment then additional measures are to be taken - Installation of the components into an appropriate enclosure - Handling of the components only with clean tools and materials

NOTE Cleaning of soiled contacts may only be done with ethyl alcohol and leather cloths Thereby the ESD information is to be regarded Do not use contact sprays which could possibly impair contact area functionality The WAGO-IO-SYSTEM 750 and its components are an open system It must only be assembled in housings cabinets or in electrical operation rooms Access must only be given via a key or tool to authorized qualified personnel The relevant valid and applicable standards and guidelines regarding the installation of switch cabinets must be observed

15 Scope of Validity These QuickStart instructions describe the KNX IP StarterKit with the KNX IP Controller 750-849 and several basic components of the WAGO IO SYSTEM

You will find detailed information about operation assembly and start-up in the manuals KNX IP Controller 750-849 and WAGO IO PRO CAA This documentation is hence only valid in connection with the appropriate manuals

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION The manuals KNX IP Controller 750-849 and WAGO IO PRO CAA can be found on the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA (759-911) CD or the ELECTRONICC Tools amp Docs CD (Art no 0888-0412) or on the internet at httpwwwwagocom

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 7 Installation of Node

2 Quick Start Guide 21 Installation of Node

The node is to be installed as follows (viewed from left to right)

750-849 750-400 750-501 753-646 753-646 750-600

The DC 24V unit is connected with the power supply (24V and 0V) for the controller and for the power contact (see Fig 1)

For an application example it is sufficient to lay a jumper between 24V and + or between 0V and -

NOTE Use a small screwdriver to switch the mode selector to the upper position (see Fig 1) In this setting the Firmware and application program are executed (Activate program executionRUN)

Fig1 KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

8 bull Quick Start Guide Structure of KNX Topology

22 Structure of KNX Topology The KNX network topology is structured as follows

The KNX backbone line 10x is declared as a medium IP A WAGO KNX IP Controller is inserted on the backbone line as a node The first KNX Module on the KNX IP Controller 750-849 functions in Router Mode and the second in device mode The bus line between module 1 and module 2 should be jumpered in this application (see Fig 2) making the second module a bus node of the line 11x A total of up to 64 KNX bus nodes can be connected to the line of the router module The line must be applied through a KNX power supply using a reactor The PC with ETS3f software installed is connected with the RJ45 port of the WAGO KNX IP Controller via an Ethernet network connection Thus the ETS3 has access to all devices connected in the network

Fig 2 Topology in node v

In the structure of the Wthree addressed KNX d

KNX IP Backbone line

Bus line jumpered

101

110

iew

AGO KNX StarterKitevices (see Fig 3)

1

111 KNXEIBTP1 ModuleDevice mode

KNX Power supply

Line

110 KNXEIBTP1 ModuleRouter mode

the topology includes a total of

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 9 Structure of KNX Topology

Fig 3 Topology in the ETS3 view

750-849 + 753-646 (KNX IP Controller + first module)753-646 (second module) 750-849 (KNX IP Application Controller)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

10 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

23 Preparative Measures This chapter describes preparative measures which are necessary for the start-up of the KNX StarterKit It is assumed in all subsequent chapters that the settings and installations described in this chapter have been carried out

231 Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)

The StarterKit contains a CD (item no 759-333) with the programming software WAGO IO PRO CAA WAGO IO PRO CAA is a programming and visualization tool for PLC programs With this software the application programs for the programmable Fieldbus Controller (eg KNX IP Controller 750-849) are developed WAGO IO PRO CAA functions in compliance with the standard of IEC 61131-3 This standard describes the requirements of a programming system The AWL KOP FUP ST and AS programming languages are supported The optimal programming language can be chosen for each application

Installation

1 Insert the WAGO IO PRO CAA CD into your CD-ROM drive

2 Start the executable installation program setupexe

3 Follow the directions during installation using the specified settings if possible

4 After installation is completed the programming software can be started via the your PCs start menu Start Programs WAGO Software CoDeSys for Automation Alliance CoDeSys V23 CoDeSys V23

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 11 Preparative Measures

232 Copying the Project Data to the PC

For the start-up of the KNX IP StarterKits sample application data is required which is provided on the Internet

httpwwwwagocatalogcomokv3Download_filesKNX_StarterKit_dzip

Unzip the ZIP data to an empty folder on your PC The data can then be copied to the target folder (see below)

01 Copying the ETS3 project database Copy the WAGO_StarterKitdb ETS3 database to the following directory

02 Copying the WAGO IO PRO CAA application program Copy the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA application program WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro to the following directory

03 Copying the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA libraries Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA libraries KNX_Standardlib and KNX_IP_750_849_01lib to the following directory Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA library WAGOLibKNXDevicelib to the following directory

04 WAGO Ethernet Settings Install the WAGO Ethernet Settings software (V403)

05 ETS product database for the IP-Controller

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION You can find other downloads for the KNXEIB applications on the WAGO website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB downloads

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

12 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

233 Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection

The installation of the ETS3 Professional software (version 30f or higher) is required to start up the WAGO KNX IP StarterKit

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu Start Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Database selection by user Select the PROMPT USER function in the Tools Options Database menu item

Fig 4 Activating database scanning

3 Closing ETS3 Close the ETS3 software via the menu item File Exit

4 Restarting ETS3 See Point 1

5 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 13 Preparative Measures

Fig 5 Opening the database

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION An update that may be necessary for the ETS 30 software can be found on the Konnex website httpwwwkonnexorg

234 Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849

Import the product database for the IP-Contrioller to the ETS3 Software Please open via the menue File Import the file ldquoIP-Controllervd4rdquo

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

14 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

24 Starting Up the Ethernet Network This chapter describes how an IP address can be assigned to the KNX IP Controller

After switching on the controller an IP address from the address area 16925410 to 169254254255 is automatically assigned using AutoIP (assuming no DHCP server was found) It is shown below how the IP address can be changed using the ETS3 software The following requirements must be met

1 Creating a network connection Create a connection between one of the two RJ45 Fieldbus interfaces of the KXN IP Controller and your PCs network card The cross-over cable contained in the StarterKit can be used for this purpose

2 Identifying the IP address of the PC You can identify the network address of your PC under Start Settings Network and Dial-up Connections LAN Connection x Highlight the internet protocol (TCPIP) in the drop-down list box and press the PROPERTIES button The KNX IP Controllers IP address which is to be set up later must be in the same address area as that of the connected PC

Fig 6 Settings of the PCs network card

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 15 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A detailed description of other possibilities for the assignment of an IP address can be found in the manual for the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 You can find this on the website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB Downloads

NOTE The double assignment of IP addresses can lead to serious network errors

241 Setting up the ETS3 communication driver

To set up the communication driver please proceed as follows

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu ldquoStart Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

3 Configuring the interface You can set up the configuration of the interface under Tools Options Communication Press the button CONFIGURE INTERFACE Configure the interface as shown in Figure 7 and exit the window via the OK button

Select here your PCs network adapter

Fig7 Configuring the ETS3 communications interface

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

16 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

242 Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

The IP address is created by setting the parameters in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

1 Selecting the device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

Fig 8 Editing the parameters of the IP router

2 Plug-in Configuration After the action under Point 1 has been carried out the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in for the IP router opens Here you set the desired IP address of the WAGO KNX IP Controller 750-849 as shown in Fig 9

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 17 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 9 Settings of the IP router Plug-in

NOTE The MAC address of the KNX IP Controller must be given in the MAC Address field This address can be found on the backside of the controller as well as on a self-adhesive removable label on the side of the controller After the MAC address has been entered the current IP address can be restored via the SCAN IP button

3 Programming the physical address and application Load the settings created in Point 2 via ETS3 download to the KNX IP Controller Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Progamm Address amp Application button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

18 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 10 Starting the ETS download

4 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG RT label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

5 Resetting After the download is completed reset the controller (eg by temporarily disconnecting the 24V power supply)

6 Testing the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prTesting the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the nodeompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the node

Fig 11 Testing the connection of the 750-849 Controller with Ping

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 19 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

7 Many settings can be viewed and edited via the Web Based Managment (WBM) system To do this launch your web browser and enter http in the address line followed by the IP address of the node (eg http192168120 )

The integrated web server will then return the following website

Fig 12 Homepage of the web server integrated in the 750-849 Controller

The configuration sites linked via Hyperlinks require a login In the default state the following users are defined

User Password

admin wago

user user

guest guest

Fig 13 Users and passwords of the 750-849 Controllers web server

NOTE The IP address for the controller can alternatively be assigned with the WAGO Ethernet Settings software instead of with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in In this case the IP address is assigned via the supplied serial programming cable 750-920

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

20 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

25 The First Program Requirement The WAGO IO PRO CAA software (CoDeSys) must be correctly installed and the KNX-specific libraries must be in the library directory of the WAGO IO PRO CAA software

Double-click to start the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro application program from the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory

251 Hardware Configuration

The variables for the digital inputs and outputs are declared in the PLC configuration (Fig 14)

Fig 14 Hardware configuration

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 7: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

Quick Start Guide bull 7 Installation of Node

2 Quick Start Guide 21 Installation of Node

The node is to be installed as follows (viewed from left to right)

750-849 750-400 750-501 753-646 753-646 750-600

The DC 24V unit is connected with the power supply (24V and 0V) for the controller and for the power contact (see Fig 1)

For an application example it is sufficient to lay a jumper between 24V and + or between 0V and -

NOTE Use a small screwdriver to switch the mode selector to the upper position (see Fig 1) In this setting the Firmware and application program are executed (Activate program executionRUN)

Fig1 KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

8 bull Quick Start Guide Structure of KNX Topology

22 Structure of KNX Topology The KNX network topology is structured as follows

The KNX backbone line 10x is declared as a medium IP A WAGO KNX IP Controller is inserted on the backbone line as a node The first KNX Module on the KNX IP Controller 750-849 functions in Router Mode and the second in device mode The bus line between module 1 and module 2 should be jumpered in this application (see Fig 2) making the second module a bus node of the line 11x A total of up to 64 KNX bus nodes can be connected to the line of the router module The line must be applied through a KNX power supply using a reactor The PC with ETS3f software installed is connected with the RJ45 port of the WAGO KNX IP Controller via an Ethernet network connection Thus the ETS3 has access to all devices connected in the network

Fig 2 Topology in node v

In the structure of the Wthree addressed KNX d

KNX IP Backbone line

Bus line jumpered

101

110

iew

AGO KNX StarterKitevices (see Fig 3)

1

111 KNXEIBTP1 ModuleDevice mode

KNX Power supply

Line

110 KNXEIBTP1 ModuleRouter mode

the topology includes a total of

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 9 Structure of KNX Topology

Fig 3 Topology in the ETS3 view

750-849 + 753-646 (KNX IP Controller + first module)753-646 (second module) 750-849 (KNX IP Application Controller)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

10 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

23 Preparative Measures This chapter describes preparative measures which are necessary for the start-up of the KNX StarterKit It is assumed in all subsequent chapters that the settings and installations described in this chapter have been carried out

231 Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)

The StarterKit contains a CD (item no 759-333) with the programming software WAGO IO PRO CAA WAGO IO PRO CAA is a programming and visualization tool for PLC programs With this software the application programs for the programmable Fieldbus Controller (eg KNX IP Controller 750-849) are developed WAGO IO PRO CAA functions in compliance with the standard of IEC 61131-3 This standard describes the requirements of a programming system The AWL KOP FUP ST and AS programming languages are supported The optimal programming language can be chosen for each application

Installation

1 Insert the WAGO IO PRO CAA CD into your CD-ROM drive

2 Start the executable installation program setupexe

3 Follow the directions during installation using the specified settings if possible

4 After installation is completed the programming software can be started via the your PCs start menu Start Programs WAGO Software CoDeSys for Automation Alliance CoDeSys V23 CoDeSys V23

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 11 Preparative Measures

232 Copying the Project Data to the PC

For the start-up of the KNX IP StarterKits sample application data is required which is provided on the Internet

httpwwwwagocatalogcomokv3Download_filesKNX_StarterKit_dzip

Unzip the ZIP data to an empty folder on your PC The data can then be copied to the target folder (see below)

01 Copying the ETS3 project database Copy the WAGO_StarterKitdb ETS3 database to the following directory

02 Copying the WAGO IO PRO CAA application program Copy the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA application program WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro to the following directory

03 Copying the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA libraries Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA libraries KNX_Standardlib and KNX_IP_750_849_01lib to the following directory Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA library WAGOLibKNXDevicelib to the following directory

04 WAGO Ethernet Settings Install the WAGO Ethernet Settings software (V403)

05 ETS product database for the IP-Controller

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION You can find other downloads for the KNXEIB applications on the WAGO website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB downloads

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

12 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

233 Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection

The installation of the ETS3 Professional software (version 30f or higher) is required to start up the WAGO KNX IP StarterKit

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu Start Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Database selection by user Select the PROMPT USER function in the Tools Options Database menu item

Fig 4 Activating database scanning

3 Closing ETS3 Close the ETS3 software via the menu item File Exit

4 Restarting ETS3 See Point 1

5 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 13 Preparative Measures

Fig 5 Opening the database

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION An update that may be necessary for the ETS 30 software can be found on the Konnex website httpwwwkonnexorg

234 Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849

Import the product database for the IP-Contrioller to the ETS3 Software Please open via the menue File Import the file ldquoIP-Controllervd4rdquo

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

14 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

24 Starting Up the Ethernet Network This chapter describes how an IP address can be assigned to the KNX IP Controller

After switching on the controller an IP address from the address area 16925410 to 169254254255 is automatically assigned using AutoIP (assuming no DHCP server was found) It is shown below how the IP address can be changed using the ETS3 software The following requirements must be met

1 Creating a network connection Create a connection between one of the two RJ45 Fieldbus interfaces of the KXN IP Controller and your PCs network card The cross-over cable contained in the StarterKit can be used for this purpose

2 Identifying the IP address of the PC You can identify the network address of your PC under Start Settings Network and Dial-up Connections LAN Connection x Highlight the internet protocol (TCPIP) in the drop-down list box and press the PROPERTIES button The KNX IP Controllers IP address which is to be set up later must be in the same address area as that of the connected PC

Fig 6 Settings of the PCs network card

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 15 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A detailed description of other possibilities for the assignment of an IP address can be found in the manual for the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 You can find this on the website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB Downloads

NOTE The double assignment of IP addresses can lead to serious network errors

241 Setting up the ETS3 communication driver

To set up the communication driver please proceed as follows

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu ldquoStart Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

3 Configuring the interface You can set up the configuration of the interface under Tools Options Communication Press the button CONFIGURE INTERFACE Configure the interface as shown in Figure 7 and exit the window via the OK button

Select here your PCs network adapter

Fig7 Configuring the ETS3 communications interface

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

16 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

242 Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

The IP address is created by setting the parameters in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

1 Selecting the device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

Fig 8 Editing the parameters of the IP router

2 Plug-in Configuration After the action under Point 1 has been carried out the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in for the IP router opens Here you set the desired IP address of the WAGO KNX IP Controller 750-849 as shown in Fig 9

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 17 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 9 Settings of the IP router Plug-in

NOTE The MAC address of the KNX IP Controller must be given in the MAC Address field This address can be found on the backside of the controller as well as on a self-adhesive removable label on the side of the controller After the MAC address has been entered the current IP address can be restored via the SCAN IP button

3 Programming the physical address and application Load the settings created in Point 2 via ETS3 download to the KNX IP Controller Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Progamm Address amp Application button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

18 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 10 Starting the ETS download

4 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG RT label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

5 Resetting After the download is completed reset the controller (eg by temporarily disconnecting the 24V power supply)

6 Testing the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prTesting the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the nodeompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the node

Fig 11 Testing the connection of the 750-849 Controller with Ping

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 19 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

7 Many settings can be viewed and edited via the Web Based Managment (WBM) system To do this launch your web browser and enter http in the address line followed by the IP address of the node (eg http192168120 )

The integrated web server will then return the following website

Fig 12 Homepage of the web server integrated in the 750-849 Controller

The configuration sites linked via Hyperlinks require a login In the default state the following users are defined

User Password

admin wago

user user

guest guest

Fig 13 Users and passwords of the 750-849 Controllers web server

NOTE The IP address for the controller can alternatively be assigned with the WAGO Ethernet Settings software instead of with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in In this case the IP address is assigned via the supplied serial programming cable 750-920

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

20 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

25 The First Program Requirement The WAGO IO PRO CAA software (CoDeSys) must be correctly installed and the KNX-specific libraries must be in the library directory of the WAGO IO PRO CAA software

Double-click to start the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro application program from the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory

251 Hardware Configuration

The variables for the digital inputs and outputs are declared in the PLC configuration (Fig 14)

Fig 14 Hardware configuration

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 8: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

8 bull Quick Start Guide Structure of KNX Topology

22 Structure of KNX Topology The KNX network topology is structured as follows

The KNX backbone line 10x is declared as a medium IP A WAGO KNX IP Controller is inserted on the backbone line as a node The first KNX Module on the KNX IP Controller 750-849 functions in Router Mode and the second in device mode The bus line between module 1 and module 2 should be jumpered in this application (see Fig 2) making the second module a bus node of the line 11x A total of up to 64 KNX bus nodes can be connected to the line of the router module The line must be applied through a KNX power supply using a reactor The PC with ETS3f software installed is connected with the RJ45 port of the WAGO KNX IP Controller via an Ethernet network connection Thus the ETS3 has access to all devices connected in the network

Fig 2 Topology in node v

In the structure of the Wthree addressed KNX d

KNX IP Backbone line

Bus line jumpered

101

110

iew

AGO KNX StarterKitevices (see Fig 3)

1

111 KNXEIBTP1 ModuleDevice mode

KNX Power supply

Line

110 KNXEIBTP1 ModuleRouter mode

the topology includes a total of

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 9 Structure of KNX Topology

Fig 3 Topology in the ETS3 view

750-849 + 753-646 (KNX IP Controller + first module)753-646 (second module) 750-849 (KNX IP Application Controller)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

10 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

23 Preparative Measures This chapter describes preparative measures which are necessary for the start-up of the KNX StarterKit It is assumed in all subsequent chapters that the settings and installations described in this chapter have been carried out

231 Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)

The StarterKit contains a CD (item no 759-333) with the programming software WAGO IO PRO CAA WAGO IO PRO CAA is a programming and visualization tool for PLC programs With this software the application programs for the programmable Fieldbus Controller (eg KNX IP Controller 750-849) are developed WAGO IO PRO CAA functions in compliance with the standard of IEC 61131-3 This standard describes the requirements of a programming system The AWL KOP FUP ST and AS programming languages are supported The optimal programming language can be chosen for each application

Installation

1 Insert the WAGO IO PRO CAA CD into your CD-ROM drive

2 Start the executable installation program setupexe

3 Follow the directions during installation using the specified settings if possible

4 After installation is completed the programming software can be started via the your PCs start menu Start Programs WAGO Software CoDeSys for Automation Alliance CoDeSys V23 CoDeSys V23

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 11 Preparative Measures

232 Copying the Project Data to the PC

For the start-up of the KNX IP StarterKits sample application data is required which is provided on the Internet

httpwwwwagocatalogcomokv3Download_filesKNX_StarterKit_dzip

Unzip the ZIP data to an empty folder on your PC The data can then be copied to the target folder (see below)

01 Copying the ETS3 project database Copy the WAGO_StarterKitdb ETS3 database to the following directory

02 Copying the WAGO IO PRO CAA application program Copy the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA application program WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro to the following directory

03 Copying the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA libraries Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA libraries KNX_Standardlib and KNX_IP_750_849_01lib to the following directory Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA library WAGOLibKNXDevicelib to the following directory

04 WAGO Ethernet Settings Install the WAGO Ethernet Settings software (V403)

05 ETS product database for the IP-Controller

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION You can find other downloads for the KNXEIB applications on the WAGO website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB downloads

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

12 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

233 Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection

The installation of the ETS3 Professional software (version 30f or higher) is required to start up the WAGO KNX IP StarterKit

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu Start Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Database selection by user Select the PROMPT USER function in the Tools Options Database menu item

Fig 4 Activating database scanning

3 Closing ETS3 Close the ETS3 software via the menu item File Exit

4 Restarting ETS3 See Point 1

5 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 13 Preparative Measures

Fig 5 Opening the database

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION An update that may be necessary for the ETS 30 software can be found on the Konnex website httpwwwkonnexorg

234 Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849

Import the product database for the IP-Contrioller to the ETS3 Software Please open via the menue File Import the file ldquoIP-Controllervd4rdquo

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

14 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

24 Starting Up the Ethernet Network This chapter describes how an IP address can be assigned to the KNX IP Controller

After switching on the controller an IP address from the address area 16925410 to 169254254255 is automatically assigned using AutoIP (assuming no DHCP server was found) It is shown below how the IP address can be changed using the ETS3 software The following requirements must be met

1 Creating a network connection Create a connection between one of the two RJ45 Fieldbus interfaces of the KXN IP Controller and your PCs network card The cross-over cable contained in the StarterKit can be used for this purpose

2 Identifying the IP address of the PC You can identify the network address of your PC under Start Settings Network and Dial-up Connections LAN Connection x Highlight the internet protocol (TCPIP) in the drop-down list box and press the PROPERTIES button The KNX IP Controllers IP address which is to be set up later must be in the same address area as that of the connected PC

Fig 6 Settings of the PCs network card

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 15 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A detailed description of other possibilities for the assignment of an IP address can be found in the manual for the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 You can find this on the website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB Downloads

NOTE The double assignment of IP addresses can lead to serious network errors

241 Setting up the ETS3 communication driver

To set up the communication driver please proceed as follows

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu ldquoStart Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

3 Configuring the interface You can set up the configuration of the interface under Tools Options Communication Press the button CONFIGURE INTERFACE Configure the interface as shown in Figure 7 and exit the window via the OK button

Select here your PCs network adapter

Fig7 Configuring the ETS3 communications interface

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

16 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

242 Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

The IP address is created by setting the parameters in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

1 Selecting the device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

Fig 8 Editing the parameters of the IP router

2 Plug-in Configuration After the action under Point 1 has been carried out the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in for the IP router opens Here you set the desired IP address of the WAGO KNX IP Controller 750-849 as shown in Fig 9

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 17 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 9 Settings of the IP router Plug-in

NOTE The MAC address of the KNX IP Controller must be given in the MAC Address field This address can be found on the backside of the controller as well as on a self-adhesive removable label on the side of the controller After the MAC address has been entered the current IP address can be restored via the SCAN IP button

3 Programming the physical address and application Load the settings created in Point 2 via ETS3 download to the KNX IP Controller Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Progamm Address amp Application button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

18 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 10 Starting the ETS download

4 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG RT label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

5 Resetting After the download is completed reset the controller (eg by temporarily disconnecting the 24V power supply)

6 Testing the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prTesting the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the nodeompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the node

Fig 11 Testing the connection of the 750-849 Controller with Ping

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 19 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

7 Many settings can be viewed and edited via the Web Based Managment (WBM) system To do this launch your web browser and enter http in the address line followed by the IP address of the node (eg http192168120 )

The integrated web server will then return the following website

Fig 12 Homepage of the web server integrated in the 750-849 Controller

The configuration sites linked via Hyperlinks require a login In the default state the following users are defined

User Password

admin wago

user user

guest guest

Fig 13 Users and passwords of the 750-849 Controllers web server

NOTE The IP address for the controller can alternatively be assigned with the WAGO Ethernet Settings software instead of with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in In this case the IP address is assigned via the supplied serial programming cable 750-920

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

20 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

25 The First Program Requirement The WAGO IO PRO CAA software (CoDeSys) must be correctly installed and the KNX-specific libraries must be in the library directory of the WAGO IO PRO CAA software

Double-click to start the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro application program from the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory

251 Hardware Configuration

The variables for the digital inputs and outputs are declared in the PLC configuration (Fig 14)

Fig 14 Hardware configuration

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 9: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

Quick Start Guide bull 9 Structure of KNX Topology

Fig 3 Topology in the ETS3 view

750-849 + 753-646 (KNX IP Controller + first module)753-646 (second module) 750-849 (KNX IP Application Controller)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

10 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

23 Preparative Measures This chapter describes preparative measures which are necessary for the start-up of the KNX StarterKit It is assumed in all subsequent chapters that the settings and installations described in this chapter have been carried out

231 Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)

The StarterKit contains a CD (item no 759-333) with the programming software WAGO IO PRO CAA WAGO IO PRO CAA is a programming and visualization tool for PLC programs With this software the application programs for the programmable Fieldbus Controller (eg KNX IP Controller 750-849) are developed WAGO IO PRO CAA functions in compliance with the standard of IEC 61131-3 This standard describes the requirements of a programming system The AWL KOP FUP ST and AS programming languages are supported The optimal programming language can be chosen for each application

Installation

1 Insert the WAGO IO PRO CAA CD into your CD-ROM drive

2 Start the executable installation program setupexe

3 Follow the directions during installation using the specified settings if possible

4 After installation is completed the programming software can be started via the your PCs start menu Start Programs WAGO Software CoDeSys for Automation Alliance CoDeSys V23 CoDeSys V23

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 11 Preparative Measures

232 Copying the Project Data to the PC

For the start-up of the KNX IP StarterKits sample application data is required which is provided on the Internet

httpwwwwagocatalogcomokv3Download_filesKNX_StarterKit_dzip

Unzip the ZIP data to an empty folder on your PC The data can then be copied to the target folder (see below)

01 Copying the ETS3 project database Copy the WAGO_StarterKitdb ETS3 database to the following directory

02 Copying the WAGO IO PRO CAA application program Copy the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA application program WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro to the following directory

03 Copying the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA libraries Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA libraries KNX_Standardlib and KNX_IP_750_849_01lib to the following directory Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA library WAGOLibKNXDevicelib to the following directory

04 WAGO Ethernet Settings Install the WAGO Ethernet Settings software (V403)

05 ETS product database for the IP-Controller

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION You can find other downloads for the KNXEIB applications on the WAGO website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB downloads

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

12 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

233 Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection

The installation of the ETS3 Professional software (version 30f or higher) is required to start up the WAGO KNX IP StarterKit

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu Start Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Database selection by user Select the PROMPT USER function in the Tools Options Database menu item

Fig 4 Activating database scanning

3 Closing ETS3 Close the ETS3 software via the menu item File Exit

4 Restarting ETS3 See Point 1

5 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 13 Preparative Measures

Fig 5 Opening the database

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION An update that may be necessary for the ETS 30 software can be found on the Konnex website httpwwwkonnexorg

234 Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849

Import the product database for the IP-Contrioller to the ETS3 Software Please open via the menue File Import the file ldquoIP-Controllervd4rdquo

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

14 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

24 Starting Up the Ethernet Network This chapter describes how an IP address can be assigned to the KNX IP Controller

After switching on the controller an IP address from the address area 16925410 to 169254254255 is automatically assigned using AutoIP (assuming no DHCP server was found) It is shown below how the IP address can be changed using the ETS3 software The following requirements must be met

1 Creating a network connection Create a connection between one of the two RJ45 Fieldbus interfaces of the KXN IP Controller and your PCs network card The cross-over cable contained in the StarterKit can be used for this purpose

2 Identifying the IP address of the PC You can identify the network address of your PC under Start Settings Network and Dial-up Connections LAN Connection x Highlight the internet protocol (TCPIP) in the drop-down list box and press the PROPERTIES button The KNX IP Controllers IP address which is to be set up later must be in the same address area as that of the connected PC

Fig 6 Settings of the PCs network card

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 15 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A detailed description of other possibilities for the assignment of an IP address can be found in the manual for the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 You can find this on the website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB Downloads

NOTE The double assignment of IP addresses can lead to serious network errors

241 Setting up the ETS3 communication driver

To set up the communication driver please proceed as follows

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu ldquoStart Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

3 Configuring the interface You can set up the configuration of the interface under Tools Options Communication Press the button CONFIGURE INTERFACE Configure the interface as shown in Figure 7 and exit the window via the OK button

Select here your PCs network adapter

Fig7 Configuring the ETS3 communications interface

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

16 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

242 Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

The IP address is created by setting the parameters in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

1 Selecting the device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

Fig 8 Editing the parameters of the IP router

2 Plug-in Configuration After the action under Point 1 has been carried out the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in for the IP router opens Here you set the desired IP address of the WAGO KNX IP Controller 750-849 as shown in Fig 9

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 17 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 9 Settings of the IP router Plug-in

NOTE The MAC address of the KNX IP Controller must be given in the MAC Address field This address can be found on the backside of the controller as well as on a self-adhesive removable label on the side of the controller After the MAC address has been entered the current IP address can be restored via the SCAN IP button

3 Programming the physical address and application Load the settings created in Point 2 via ETS3 download to the KNX IP Controller Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Progamm Address amp Application button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

18 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 10 Starting the ETS download

4 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG RT label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

5 Resetting After the download is completed reset the controller (eg by temporarily disconnecting the 24V power supply)

6 Testing the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prTesting the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the nodeompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the node

Fig 11 Testing the connection of the 750-849 Controller with Ping

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 19 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

7 Many settings can be viewed and edited via the Web Based Managment (WBM) system To do this launch your web browser and enter http in the address line followed by the IP address of the node (eg http192168120 )

The integrated web server will then return the following website

Fig 12 Homepage of the web server integrated in the 750-849 Controller

The configuration sites linked via Hyperlinks require a login In the default state the following users are defined

User Password

admin wago

user user

guest guest

Fig 13 Users and passwords of the 750-849 Controllers web server

NOTE The IP address for the controller can alternatively be assigned with the WAGO Ethernet Settings software instead of with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in In this case the IP address is assigned via the supplied serial programming cable 750-920

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

20 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

25 The First Program Requirement The WAGO IO PRO CAA software (CoDeSys) must be correctly installed and the KNX-specific libraries must be in the library directory of the WAGO IO PRO CAA software

Double-click to start the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro application program from the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory

251 Hardware Configuration

The variables for the digital inputs and outputs are declared in the PLC configuration (Fig 14)

Fig 14 Hardware configuration

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 10: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

10 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

23 Preparative Measures This chapter describes preparative measures which are necessary for the start-up of the KNX StarterKit It is assumed in all subsequent chapters that the settings and installations described in this chapter have been carried out

231 Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)

The StarterKit contains a CD (item no 759-333) with the programming software WAGO IO PRO CAA WAGO IO PRO CAA is a programming and visualization tool for PLC programs With this software the application programs for the programmable Fieldbus Controller (eg KNX IP Controller 750-849) are developed WAGO IO PRO CAA functions in compliance with the standard of IEC 61131-3 This standard describes the requirements of a programming system The AWL KOP FUP ST and AS programming languages are supported The optimal programming language can be chosen for each application

Installation

1 Insert the WAGO IO PRO CAA CD into your CD-ROM drive

2 Start the executable installation program setupexe

3 Follow the directions during installation using the specified settings if possible

4 After installation is completed the programming software can be started via the your PCs start menu Start Programs WAGO Software CoDeSys for Automation Alliance CoDeSys V23 CoDeSys V23

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 11 Preparative Measures

232 Copying the Project Data to the PC

For the start-up of the KNX IP StarterKits sample application data is required which is provided on the Internet

httpwwwwagocatalogcomokv3Download_filesKNX_StarterKit_dzip

Unzip the ZIP data to an empty folder on your PC The data can then be copied to the target folder (see below)

01 Copying the ETS3 project database Copy the WAGO_StarterKitdb ETS3 database to the following directory

02 Copying the WAGO IO PRO CAA application program Copy the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA application program WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro to the following directory

03 Copying the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA libraries Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA libraries KNX_Standardlib and KNX_IP_750_849_01lib to the following directory Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA library WAGOLibKNXDevicelib to the following directory

04 WAGO Ethernet Settings Install the WAGO Ethernet Settings software (V403)

05 ETS product database for the IP-Controller

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION You can find other downloads for the KNXEIB applications on the WAGO website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB downloads

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

12 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

233 Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection

The installation of the ETS3 Professional software (version 30f or higher) is required to start up the WAGO KNX IP StarterKit

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu Start Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Database selection by user Select the PROMPT USER function in the Tools Options Database menu item

Fig 4 Activating database scanning

3 Closing ETS3 Close the ETS3 software via the menu item File Exit

4 Restarting ETS3 See Point 1

5 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 13 Preparative Measures

Fig 5 Opening the database

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION An update that may be necessary for the ETS 30 software can be found on the Konnex website httpwwwkonnexorg

234 Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849

Import the product database for the IP-Contrioller to the ETS3 Software Please open via the menue File Import the file ldquoIP-Controllervd4rdquo

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

14 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

24 Starting Up the Ethernet Network This chapter describes how an IP address can be assigned to the KNX IP Controller

After switching on the controller an IP address from the address area 16925410 to 169254254255 is automatically assigned using AutoIP (assuming no DHCP server was found) It is shown below how the IP address can be changed using the ETS3 software The following requirements must be met

1 Creating a network connection Create a connection between one of the two RJ45 Fieldbus interfaces of the KXN IP Controller and your PCs network card The cross-over cable contained in the StarterKit can be used for this purpose

2 Identifying the IP address of the PC You can identify the network address of your PC under Start Settings Network and Dial-up Connections LAN Connection x Highlight the internet protocol (TCPIP) in the drop-down list box and press the PROPERTIES button The KNX IP Controllers IP address which is to be set up later must be in the same address area as that of the connected PC

Fig 6 Settings of the PCs network card

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 15 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A detailed description of other possibilities for the assignment of an IP address can be found in the manual for the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 You can find this on the website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB Downloads

NOTE The double assignment of IP addresses can lead to serious network errors

241 Setting up the ETS3 communication driver

To set up the communication driver please proceed as follows

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu ldquoStart Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

3 Configuring the interface You can set up the configuration of the interface under Tools Options Communication Press the button CONFIGURE INTERFACE Configure the interface as shown in Figure 7 and exit the window via the OK button

Select here your PCs network adapter

Fig7 Configuring the ETS3 communications interface

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

16 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

242 Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

The IP address is created by setting the parameters in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

1 Selecting the device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

Fig 8 Editing the parameters of the IP router

2 Plug-in Configuration After the action under Point 1 has been carried out the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in for the IP router opens Here you set the desired IP address of the WAGO KNX IP Controller 750-849 as shown in Fig 9

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 17 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 9 Settings of the IP router Plug-in

NOTE The MAC address of the KNX IP Controller must be given in the MAC Address field This address can be found on the backside of the controller as well as on a self-adhesive removable label on the side of the controller After the MAC address has been entered the current IP address can be restored via the SCAN IP button

3 Programming the physical address and application Load the settings created in Point 2 via ETS3 download to the KNX IP Controller Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Progamm Address amp Application button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

18 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 10 Starting the ETS download

4 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG RT label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

5 Resetting After the download is completed reset the controller (eg by temporarily disconnecting the 24V power supply)

6 Testing the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prTesting the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the nodeompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the node

Fig 11 Testing the connection of the 750-849 Controller with Ping

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 19 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

7 Many settings can be viewed and edited via the Web Based Managment (WBM) system To do this launch your web browser and enter http in the address line followed by the IP address of the node (eg http192168120 )

The integrated web server will then return the following website

Fig 12 Homepage of the web server integrated in the 750-849 Controller

The configuration sites linked via Hyperlinks require a login In the default state the following users are defined

User Password

admin wago

user user

guest guest

Fig 13 Users and passwords of the 750-849 Controllers web server

NOTE The IP address for the controller can alternatively be assigned with the WAGO Ethernet Settings software instead of with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in In this case the IP address is assigned via the supplied serial programming cable 750-920

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

20 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

25 The First Program Requirement The WAGO IO PRO CAA software (CoDeSys) must be correctly installed and the KNX-specific libraries must be in the library directory of the WAGO IO PRO CAA software

Double-click to start the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro application program from the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory

251 Hardware Configuration

The variables for the digital inputs and outputs are declared in the PLC configuration (Fig 14)

Fig 14 Hardware configuration

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 11: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

Quick Start Guide bull 11 Preparative Measures

232 Copying the Project Data to the PC

For the start-up of the KNX IP StarterKits sample application data is required which is provided on the Internet

httpwwwwagocatalogcomokv3Download_filesKNX_StarterKit_dzip

Unzip the ZIP data to an empty folder on your PC The data can then be copied to the target folder (see below)

01 Copying the ETS3 project database Copy the WAGO_StarterKitdb ETS3 database to the following directory

02 Copying the WAGO IO PRO CAA application program Copy the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA application program WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro to the following directory

03 Copying the WAGO-IO-PRO CAA libraries Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA libraries KNX_Standardlib and KNX_IP_750_849_01lib to the following directory Copy the WAGO IO PRO CAA library WAGOLibKNXDevicelib to the following directory

04 WAGO Ethernet Settings Install the WAGO Ethernet Settings software (V403)

05 ETS product database for the IP-Controller

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION You can find other downloads for the KNXEIB applications on the WAGO website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB downloads

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

12 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

233 Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection

The installation of the ETS3 Professional software (version 30f or higher) is required to start up the WAGO KNX IP StarterKit

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu Start Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Database selection by user Select the PROMPT USER function in the Tools Options Database menu item

Fig 4 Activating database scanning

3 Closing ETS3 Close the ETS3 software via the menu item File Exit

4 Restarting ETS3 See Point 1

5 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 13 Preparative Measures

Fig 5 Opening the database

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION An update that may be necessary for the ETS 30 software can be found on the Konnex website httpwwwkonnexorg

234 Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849

Import the product database for the IP-Contrioller to the ETS3 Software Please open via the menue File Import the file ldquoIP-Controllervd4rdquo

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

14 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

24 Starting Up the Ethernet Network This chapter describes how an IP address can be assigned to the KNX IP Controller

After switching on the controller an IP address from the address area 16925410 to 169254254255 is automatically assigned using AutoIP (assuming no DHCP server was found) It is shown below how the IP address can be changed using the ETS3 software The following requirements must be met

1 Creating a network connection Create a connection between one of the two RJ45 Fieldbus interfaces of the KXN IP Controller and your PCs network card The cross-over cable contained in the StarterKit can be used for this purpose

2 Identifying the IP address of the PC You can identify the network address of your PC under Start Settings Network and Dial-up Connections LAN Connection x Highlight the internet protocol (TCPIP) in the drop-down list box and press the PROPERTIES button The KNX IP Controllers IP address which is to be set up later must be in the same address area as that of the connected PC

Fig 6 Settings of the PCs network card

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 15 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A detailed description of other possibilities for the assignment of an IP address can be found in the manual for the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 You can find this on the website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB Downloads

NOTE The double assignment of IP addresses can lead to serious network errors

241 Setting up the ETS3 communication driver

To set up the communication driver please proceed as follows

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu ldquoStart Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

3 Configuring the interface You can set up the configuration of the interface under Tools Options Communication Press the button CONFIGURE INTERFACE Configure the interface as shown in Figure 7 and exit the window via the OK button

Select here your PCs network adapter

Fig7 Configuring the ETS3 communications interface

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

16 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

242 Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

The IP address is created by setting the parameters in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

1 Selecting the device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

Fig 8 Editing the parameters of the IP router

2 Plug-in Configuration After the action under Point 1 has been carried out the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in for the IP router opens Here you set the desired IP address of the WAGO KNX IP Controller 750-849 as shown in Fig 9

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 17 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 9 Settings of the IP router Plug-in

NOTE The MAC address of the KNX IP Controller must be given in the MAC Address field This address can be found on the backside of the controller as well as on a self-adhesive removable label on the side of the controller After the MAC address has been entered the current IP address can be restored via the SCAN IP button

3 Programming the physical address and application Load the settings created in Point 2 via ETS3 download to the KNX IP Controller Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Progamm Address amp Application button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

18 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 10 Starting the ETS download

4 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG RT label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

5 Resetting After the download is completed reset the controller (eg by temporarily disconnecting the 24V power supply)

6 Testing the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prTesting the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the nodeompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the node

Fig 11 Testing the connection of the 750-849 Controller with Ping

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 19 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

7 Many settings can be viewed and edited via the Web Based Managment (WBM) system To do this launch your web browser and enter http in the address line followed by the IP address of the node (eg http192168120 )

The integrated web server will then return the following website

Fig 12 Homepage of the web server integrated in the 750-849 Controller

The configuration sites linked via Hyperlinks require a login In the default state the following users are defined

User Password

admin wago

user user

guest guest

Fig 13 Users and passwords of the 750-849 Controllers web server

NOTE The IP address for the controller can alternatively be assigned with the WAGO Ethernet Settings software instead of with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in In this case the IP address is assigned via the supplied serial programming cable 750-920

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

20 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

25 The First Program Requirement The WAGO IO PRO CAA software (CoDeSys) must be correctly installed and the KNX-specific libraries must be in the library directory of the WAGO IO PRO CAA software

Double-click to start the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro application program from the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory

251 Hardware Configuration

The variables for the digital inputs and outputs are declared in the PLC configuration (Fig 14)

Fig 14 Hardware configuration

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 12: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

12 bull Quick Start Guide Preparative Measures

233 Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection

The installation of the ETS3 Professional software (version 30f or higher) is required to start up the WAGO KNX IP StarterKit

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu Start Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Database selection by user Select the PROMPT USER function in the Tools Options Database menu item

Fig 4 Activating database scanning

3 Closing ETS3 Close the ETS3 software via the menu item File Exit

4 Restarting ETS3 See Point 1

5 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 13 Preparative Measures

Fig 5 Opening the database

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION An update that may be necessary for the ETS 30 software can be found on the Konnex website httpwwwkonnexorg

234 Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849

Import the product database for the IP-Contrioller to the ETS3 Software Please open via the menue File Import the file ldquoIP-Controllervd4rdquo

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

14 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

24 Starting Up the Ethernet Network This chapter describes how an IP address can be assigned to the KNX IP Controller

After switching on the controller an IP address from the address area 16925410 to 169254254255 is automatically assigned using AutoIP (assuming no DHCP server was found) It is shown below how the IP address can be changed using the ETS3 software The following requirements must be met

1 Creating a network connection Create a connection between one of the two RJ45 Fieldbus interfaces of the KXN IP Controller and your PCs network card The cross-over cable contained in the StarterKit can be used for this purpose

2 Identifying the IP address of the PC You can identify the network address of your PC under Start Settings Network and Dial-up Connections LAN Connection x Highlight the internet protocol (TCPIP) in the drop-down list box and press the PROPERTIES button The KNX IP Controllers IP address which is to be set up later must be in the same address area as that of the connected PC

Fig 6 Settings of the PCs network card

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 15 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A detailed description of other possibilities for the assignment of an IP address can be found in the manual for the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 You can find this on the website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB Downloads

NOTE The double assignment of IP addresses can lead to serious network errors

241 Setting up the ETS3 communication driver

To set up the communication driver please proceed as follows

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu ldquoStart Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

3 Configuring the interface You can set up the configuration of the interface under Tools Options Communication Press the button CONFIGURE INTERFACE Configure the interface as shown in Figure 7 and exit the window via the OK button

Select here your PCs network adapter

Fig7 Configuring the ETS3 communications interface

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

16 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

242 Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

The IP address is created by setting the parameters in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

1 Selecting the device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

Fig 8 Editing the parameters of the IP router

2 Plug-in Configuration After the action under Point 1 has been carried out the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in for the IP router opens Here you set the desired IP address of the WAGO KNX IP Controller 750-849 as shown in Fig 9

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 17 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 9 Settings of the IP router Plug-in

NOTE The MAC address of the KNX IP Controller must be given in the MAC Address field This address can be found on the backside of the controller as well as on a self-adhesive removable label on the side of the controller After the MAC address has been entered the current IP address can be restored via the SCAN IP button

3 Programming the physical address and application Load the settings created in Point 2 via ETS3 download to the KNX IP Controller Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Progamm Address amp Application button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

18 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 10 Starting the ETS download

4 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG RT label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

5 Resetting After the download is completed reset the controller (eg by temporarily disconnecting the 24V power supply)

6 Testing the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prTesting the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the nodeompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the node

Fig 11 Testing the connection of the 750-849 Controller with Ping

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 19 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

7 Many settings can be viewed and edited via the Web Based Managment (WBM) system To do this launch your web browser and enter http in the address line followed by the IP address of the node (eg http192168120 )

The integrated web server will then return the following website

Fig 12 Homepage of the web server integrated in the 750-849 Controller

The configuration sites linked via Hyperlinks require a login In the default state the following users are defined

User Password

admin wago

user user

guest guest

Fig 13 Users and passwords of the 750-849 Controllers web server

NOTE The IP address for the controller can alternatively be assigned with the WAGO Ethernet Settings software instead of with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in In this case the IP address is assigned via the supplied serial programming cable 750-920

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

20 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

25 The First Program Requirement The WAGO IO PRO CAA software (CoDeSys) must be correctly installed and the KNX-specific libraries must be in the library directory of the WAGO IO PRO CAA software

Double-click to start the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro application program from the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory

251 Hardware Configuration

The variables for the digital inputs and outputs are declared in the PLC configuration (Fig 14)

Fig 14 Hardware configuration

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 13: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

Quick Start Guide bull 13 Preparative Measures

Fig 5 Opening the database

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION An update that may be necessary for the ETS 30 software can be found on the Konnex website httpwwwkonnexorg

234 Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849

Import the product database for the IP-Contrioller to the ETS3 Software Please open via the menue File Import the file ldquoIP-Controllervd4rdquo

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

14 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

24 Starting Up the Ethernet Network This chapter describes how an IP address can be assigned to the KNX IP Controller

After switching on the controller an IP address from the address area 16925410 to 169254254255 is automatically assigned using AutoIP (assuming no DHCP server was found) It is shown below how the IP address can be changed using the ETS3 software The following requirements must be met

1 Creating a network connection Create a connection between one of the two RJ45 Fieldbus interfaces of the KXN IP Controller and your PCs network card The cross-over cable contained in the StarterKit can be used for this purpose

2 Identifying the IP address of the PC You can identify the network address of your PC under Start Settings Network and Dial-up Connections LAN Connection x Highlight the internet protocol (TCPIP) in the drop-down list box and press the PROPERTIES button The KNX IP Controllers IP address which is to be set up later must be in the same address area as that of the connected PC

Fig 6 Settings of the PCs network card

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 15 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A detailed description of other possibilities for the assignment of an IP address can be found in the manual for the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 You can find this on the website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB Downloads

NOTE The double assignment of IP addresses can lead to serious network errors

241 Setting up the ETS3 communication driver

To set up the communication driver please proceed as follows

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu ldquoStart Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

3 Configuring the interface You can set up the configuration of the interface under Tools Options Communication Press the button CONFIGURE INTERFACE Configure the interface as shown in Figure 7 and exit the window via the OK button

Select here your PCs network adapter

Fig7 Configuring the ETS3 communications interface

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

16 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

242 Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

The IP address is created by setting the parameters in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

1 Selecting the device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

Fig 8 Editing the parameters of the IP router

2 Plug-in Configuration After the action under Point 1 has been carried out the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in for the IP router opens Here you set the desired IP address of the WAGO KNX IP Controller 750-849 as shown in Fig 9

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 17 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 9 Settings of the IP router Plug-in

NOTE The MAC address of the KNX IP Controller must be given in the MAC Address field This address can be found on the backside of the controller as well as on a self-adhesive removable label on the side of the controller After the MAC address has been entered the current IP address can be restored via the SCAN IP button

3 Programming the physical address and application Load the settings created in Point 2 via ETS3 download to the KNX IP Controller Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Progamm Address amp Application button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

18 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 10 Starting the ETS download

4 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG RT label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

5 Resetting After the download is completed reset the controller (eg by temporarily disconnecting the 24V power supply)

6 Testing the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prTesting the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the nodeompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the node

Fig 11 Testing the connection of the 750-849 Controller with Ping

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 19 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

7 Many settings can be viewed and edited via the Web Based Managment (WBM) system To do this launch your web browser and enter http in the address line followed by the IP address of the node (eg http192168120 )

The integrated web server will then return the following website

Fig 12 Homepage of the web server integrated in the 750-849 Controller

The configuration sites linked via Hyperlinks require a login In the default state the following users are defined

User Password

admin wago

user user

guest guest

Fig 13 Users and passwords of the 750-849 Controllers web server

NOTE The IP address for the controller can alternatively be assigned with the WAGO Ethernet Settings software instead of with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in In this case the IP address is assigned via the supplied serial programming cable 750-920

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

20 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

25 The First Program Requirement The WAGO IO PRO CAA software (CoDeSys) must be correctly installed and the KNX-specific libraries must be in the library directory of the WAGO IO PRO CAA software

Double-click to start the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro application program from the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory

251 Hardware Configuration

The variables for the digital inputs and outputs are declared in the PLC configuration (Fig 14)

Fig 14 Hardware configuration

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 14: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

14 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

24 Starting Up the Ethernet Network This chapter describes how an IP address can be assigned to the KNX IP Controller

After switching on the controller an IP address from the address area 16925410 to 169254254255 is automatically assigned using AutoIP (assuming no DHCP server was found) It is shown below how the IP address can be changed using the ETS3 software The following requirements must be met

1 Creating a network connection Create a connection between one of the two RJ45 Fieldbus interfaces of the KXN IP Controller and your PCs network card The cross-over cable contained in the StarterKit can be used for this purpose

2 Identifying the IP address of the PC You can identify the network address of your PC under Start Settings Network and Dial-up Connections LAN Connection x Highlight the internet protocol (TCPIP) in the drop-down list box and press the PROPERTIES button The KNX IP Controllers IP address which is to be set up later must be in the same address area as that of the connected PC

Fig 6 Settings of the PCs network card

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 15 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A detailed description of other possibilities for the assignment of an IP address can be found in the manual for the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 You can find this on the website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB Downloads

NOTE The double assignment of IP addresses can lead to serious network errors

241 Setting up the ETS3 communication driver

To set up the communication driver please proceed as follows

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu ldquoStart Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

3 Configuring the interface You can set up the configuration of the interface under Tools Options Communication Press the button CONFIGURE INTERFACE Configure the interface as shown in Figure 7 and exit the window via the OK button

Select here your PCs network adapter

Fig7 Configuring the ETS3 communications interface

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

16 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

242 Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

The IP address is created by setting the parameters in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

1 Selecting the device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

Fig 8 Editing the parameters of the IP router

2 Plug-in Configuration After the action under Point 1 has been carried out the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in for the IP router opens Here you set the desired IP address of the WAGO KNX IP Controller 750-849 as shown in Fig 9

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 17 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 9 Settings of the IP router Plug-in

NOTE The MAC address of the KNX IP Controller must be given in the MAC Address field This address can be found on the backside of the controller as well as on a self-adhesive removable label on the side of the controller After the MAC address has been entered the current IP address can be restored via the SCAN IP button

3 Programming the physical address and application Load the settings created in Point 2 via ETS3 download to the KNX IP Controller Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Progamm Address amp Application button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

18 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 10 Starting the ETS download

4 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG RT label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

5 Resetting After the download is completed reset the controller (eg by temporarily disconnecting the 24V power supply)

6 Testing the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prTesting the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the nodeompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the node

Fig 11 Testing the connection of the 750-849 Controller with Ping

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 19 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

7 Many settings can be viewed and edited via the Web Based Managment (WBM) system To do this launch your web browser and enter http in the address line followed by the IP address of the node (eg http192168120 )

The integrated web server will then return the following website

Fig 12 Homepage of the web server integrated in the 750-849 Controller

The configuration sites linked via Hyperlinks require a login In the default state the following users are defined

User Password

admin wago

user user

guest guest

Fig 13 Users and passwords of the 750-849 Controllers web server

NOTE The IP address for the controller can alternatively be assigned with the WAGO Ethernet Settings software instead of with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in In this case the IP address is assigned via the supplied serial programming cable 750-920

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

20 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

25 The First Program Requirement The WAGO IO PRO CAA software (CoDeSys) must be correctly installed and the KNX-specific libraries must be in the library directory of the WAGO IO PRO CAA software

Double-click to start the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro application program from the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory

251 Hardware Configuration

The variables for the digital inputs and outputs are declared in the PLC configuration (Fig 14)

Fig 14 Hardware configuration

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 15: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

Quick Start Guide bull 15 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A detailed description of other possibilities for the assignment of an IP address can be found in the manual for the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 You can find this on the website httpwwwwagocom under Service Downloads Building automation KNXEIB Downloads

NOTE The double assignment of IP addresses can lead to serious network errors

241 Setting up the ETS3 communication driver

To set up the communication driver please proceed as follows

1 Starting ETS3 Start the ETS3 software via your PCs start menu ldquoStart Programs ETS ETS3 Professional

2 Selecting the project database After restarting the ETS3 software the Open database window appears (see Fig 5) Select the file WAGO_StarterKitdb and exit the window via the OPEN button

3 Configuring the interface You can set up the configuration of the interface under Tools Options Communication Press the button CONFIGURE INTERFACE Configure the interface as shown in Figure 7 and exit the window via the OK button

Select here your PCs network adapter

Fig7 Configuring the ETS3 communications interface

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

16 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

242 Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

The IP address is created by setting the parameters in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

1 Selecting the device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

Fig 8 Editing the parameters of the IP router

2 Plug-in Configuration After the action under Point 1 has been carried out the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in for the IP router opens Here you set the desired IP address of the WAGO KNX IP Controller 750-849 as shown in Fig 9

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 17 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 9 Settings of the IP router Plug-in

NOTE The MAC address of the KNX IP Controller must be given in the MAC Address field This address can be found on the backside of the controller as well as on a self-adhesive removable label on the side of the controller After the MAC address has been entered the current IP address can be restored via the SCAN IP button

3 Programming the physical address and application Load the settings created in Point 2 via ETS3 download to the KNX IP Controller Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Progamm Address amp Application button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

18 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 10 Starting the ETS download

4 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG RT label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

5 Resetting After the download is completed reset the controller (eg by temporarily disconnecting the 24V power supply)

6 Testing the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prTesting the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the nodeompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the node

Fig 11 Testing the connection of the 750-849 Controller with Ping

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 19 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

7 Many settings can be viewed and edited via the Web Based Managment (WBM) system To do this launch your web browser and enter http in the address line followed by the IP address of the node (eg http192168120 )

The integrated web server will then return the following website

Fig 12 Homepage of the web server integrated in the 750-849 Controller

The configuration sites linked via Hyperlinks require a login In the default state the following users are defined

User Password

admin wago

user user

guest guest

Fig 13 Users and passwords of the 750-849 Controllers web server

NOTE The IP address for the controller can alternatively be assigned with the WAGO Ethernet Settings software instead of with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in In this case the IP address is assigned via the supplied serial programming cable 750-920

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

20 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

25 The First Program Requirement The WAGO IO PRO CAA software (CoDeSys) must be correctly installed and the KNX-specific libraries must be in the library directory of the WAGO IO PRO CAA software

Double-click to start the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro application program from the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory

251 Hardware Configuration

The variables for the digital inputs and outputs are declared in the PLC configuration (Fig 14)

Fig 14 Hardware configuration

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 16: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

16 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

242 Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

The IP address is created by setting the parameters in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

1 Selecting the device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

Fig 8 Editing the parameters of the IP router

2 Plug-in Configuration After the action under Point 1 has been carried out the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in for the IP router opens Here you set the desired IP address of the WAGO KNX IP Controller 750-849 as shown in Fig 9

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 17 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 9 Settings of the IP router Plug-in

NOTE The MAC address of the KNX IP Controller must be given in the MAC Address field This address can be found on the backside of the controller as well as on a self-adhesive removable label on the side of the controller After the MAC address has been entered the current IP address can be restored via the SCAN IP button

3 Programming the physical address and application Load the settings created in Point 2 via ETS3 download to the KNX IP Controller Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Progamm Address amp Application button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

18 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 10 Starting the ETS download

4 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG RT label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

5 Resetting After the download is completed reset the controller (eg by temporarily disconnecting the 24V power supply)

6 Testing the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prTesting the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the nodeompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the node

Fig 11 Testing the connection of the 750-849 Controller with Ping

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 19 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

7 Many settings can be viewed and edited via the Web Based Managment (WBM) system To do this launch your web browser and enter http in the address line followed by the IP address of the node (eg http192168120 )

The integrated web server will then return the following website

Fig 12 Homepage of the web server integrated in the 750-849 Controller

The configuration sites linked via Hyperlinks require a login In the default state the following users are defined

User Password

admin wago

user user

guest guest

Fig 13 Users and passwords of the 750-849 Controllers web server

NOTE The IP address for the controller can alternatively be assigned with the WAGO Ethernet Settings software instead of with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in In this case the IP address is assigned via the supplied serial programming cable 750-920

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

20 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

25 The First Program Requirement The WAGO IO PRO CAA software (CoDeSys) must be correctly installed and the KNX-specific libraries must be in the library directory of the WAGO IO PRO CAA software

Double-click to start the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro application program from the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory

251 Hardware Configuration

The variables for the digital inputs and outputs are declared in the PLC configuration (Fig 14)

Fig 14 Hardware configuration

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 17: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

Quick Start Guide bull 17 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 9 Settings of the IP router Plug-in

NOTE The MAC address of the KNX IP Controller must be given in the MAC Address field This address can be found on the backside of the controller as well as on a self-adhesive removable label on the side of the controller After the MAC address has been entered the current IP address can be restored via the SCAN IP button

3 Programming the physical address and application Load the settings created in Point 2 via ETS3 download to the KNX IP Controller Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Progamm Address amp Application button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

18 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 10 Starting the ETS download

4 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG RT label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

5 Resetting After the download is completed reset the controller (eg by temporarily disconnecting the 24V power supply)

6 Testing the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prTesting the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the nodeompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the node

Fig 11 Testing the connection of the 750-849 Controller with Ping

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 19 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

7 Many settings can be viewed and edited via the Web Based Managment (WBM) system To do this launch your web browser and enter http in the address line followed by the IP address of the node (eg http192168120 )

The integrated web server will then return the following website

Fig 12 Homepage of the web server integrated in the 750-849 Controller

The configuration sites linked via Hyperlinks require a login In the default state the following users are defined

User Password

admin wago

user user

guest guest

Fig 13 Users and passwords of the 750-849 Controllers web server

NOTE The IP address for the controller can alternatively be assigned with the WAGO Ethernet Settings software instead of with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in In this case the IP address is assigned via the supplied serial programming cable 750-920

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

20 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

25 The First Program Requirement The WAGO IO PRO CAA software (CoDeSys) must be correctly installed and the KNX-specific libraries must be in the library directory of the WAGO IO PRO CAA software

Double-click to start the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro application program from the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory

251 Hardware Configuration

The variables for the digital inputs and outputs are declared in the PLC configuration (Fig 14)

Fig 14 Hardware configuration

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 18: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

18 bull Quick Start Guide Starting Up the Ethernet Network

Fig 10 Starting the ETS download

4 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG RT label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

5 Resetting After the download is completed reset the controller (eg by temporarily disconnecting the 24V power supply)

6 Testing the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prTesting the connection To test the connection open the DOS Shell (Start Programs Accessories Input prompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the nodeompt) and set off a PING on the IP address of the node

Fig 11 Testing the connection of the 750-849 Controller with Ping

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 19 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

7 Many settings can be viewed and edited via the Web Based Managment (WBM) system To do this launch your web browser and enter http in the address line followed by the IP address of the node (eg http192168120 )

The integrated web server will then return the following website

Fig 12 Homepage of the web server integrated in the 750-849 Controller

The configuration sites linked via Hyperlinks require a login In the default state the following users are defined

User Password

admin wago

user user

guest guest

Fig 13 Users and passwords of the 750-849 Controllers web server

NOTE The IP address for the controller can alternatively be assigned with the WAGO Ethernet Settings software instead of with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in In this case the IP address is assigned via the supplied serial programming cable 750-920

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

20 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

25 The First Program Requirement The WAGO IO PRO CAA software (CoDeSys) must be correctly installed and the KNX-specific libraries must be in the library directory of the WAGO IO PRO CAA software

Double-click to start the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro application program from the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory

251 Hardware Configuration

The variables for the digital inputs and outputs are declared in the PLC configuration (Fig 14)

Fig 14 Hardware configuration

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 19: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

Quick Start Guide bull 19 Starting Up the Ethernet Network

7 Many settings can be viewed and edited via the Web Based Managment (WBM) system To do this launch your web browser and enter http in the address line followed by the IP address of the node (eg http192168120 )

The integrated web server will then return the following website

Fig 12 Homepage of the web server integrated in the 750-849 Controller

The configuration sites linked via Hyperlinks require a login In the default state the following users are defined

User Password

admin wago

user user

guest guest

Fig 13 Users and passwords of the 750-849 Controllers web server

NOTE The IP address for the controller can alternatively be assigned with the WAGO Ethernet Settings software instead of with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in In this case the IP address is assigned via the supplied serial programming cable 750-920

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

20 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

25 The First Program Requirement The WAGO IO PRO CAA software (CoDeSys) must be correctly installed and the KNX-specific libraries must be in the library directory of the WAGO IO PRO CAA software

Double-click to start the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro application program from the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory

251 Hardware Configuration

The variables for the digital inputs and outputs are declared in the PLC configuration (Fig 14)

Fig 14 Hardware configuration

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 20: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

20 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

25 The First Program Requirement The WAGO IO PRO CAA software (CoDeSys) must be correctly installed and the KNX-specific libraries must be in the library directory of the WAGO IO PRO CAA software

Double-click to start the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitpro application program from the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory

251 Hardware Configuration

The variables for the digital inputs and outputs are declared in the PLC configuration (Fig 14)

Fig 14 Hardware configuration

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 21: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

Quick Start Guide bull 21 The First Program

252 Main Program

Figure 15 shows the main program PLC_PRG In the main program both subprograms (PRG_KNX_IP_Controller and PRG_KNX_Module) are started

Fig 15 View of the main program

253 Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller

The FbKNX_Master_849 module in network 1 (Fig 16) serves to communicate status information between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus The module is absolutely necessary to achieve a data exchange between the IEC application and the KNX IP Fieldbus This module may only be called up once per KNX IP Controller It is critical that the instance of the FbKNX_Master_849 and all other KNX modules of the IP Controller are combined with the input and output variables typKNX_IP_Controller

Fig 16 KNX IP Master program call

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 22: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

22 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

In networks 2 and 3 (Fig 17) special KNX modules are called up from the linked KNX libraries These module instances are displayed later in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in as so-called network variables By combining the network variables with group addresses KNX communication objects are created for the IP Controller (phys addr 101) In network 2 the Digital_Input_1 is connected with a module of the DPT_switch data type This means that the signal of the first digital input should be sent on the bus as a 1-bit message frame In network 3 the same module is called up however in this case 1-bit message frames are received from the bus in order to control the first digital output Digital_Output_1 The typKNX_IP_Controller variable establishes the communication connection to FbKNXMaster_849 The variable with the designation typDPT_Dummy has no functional significance in the sample application It opens up the possibility for the user to store the data received from the bus thus preserving the receive values even in the case of a power failure (eg setpoint value specification) If this function is not demanded all KNX modules can be combined with the same typDPT_Dummy variables

Fig 17 Program call of the KNX DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 23: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

Quick Start Guide bull 23 The First Program

NOTE In order to better recognize later the data channel of the communication objects in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in or in the ETS software we recommend using the following syntax with regards to the instance names of the DPT modules

1 Data direction KNX bus ==gt IEC application Input = IN

2 Data direction IEC application ==gt KNX bus Output = OUT

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 24: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

24 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

254 Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module

The FbKNX_Master_646 module in network 1 (Fig 18) includes all existing commands of the modules that are combined with the typKNX_Module variables and provides for their execution In addition the master module uses this variable to direct the KNX receive data to the DPT module with the appropriate destination address This module may only be called up once per installed KNX Module 753-646 At the bModule_753_646 input point the index of the inserted KNX Module 753-646 is entered Counting is done from left to right

In this example the second KNX Module should be used to communicate

Fig 18 KNX Master program call for the second KNX Module

In this subprogram the networks 2 and 3 are to be regarded just like PRG_KNX_Controller in the subprogram (see above) with the exception that the digital input 2 and the digital output 2 are utilized Furthermore the instance names of the DPT modules must be named with a prefix

NOTE If more than one KNX Module 753-646 is used on a Fieldbus Controller the instance names of the DPT modules must contain prefixes This ensures that the module assignment of the DPT modules is recognizable in the SYM_XML file The following syntax must be adhered to no prefix==gt first module 753-646 KNX2_xxx ==gt second module 753-646 KNX3_xxx ==gt third module 753-646 etc

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 25: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

Quick Start Guide bull 25 The First Program

255 Configuring the Symbol File

The WAGO ETS3 Plug-in requires the so-called symbol file for importing the KNX DPT variables from the IEC application program All the necessary information for being able to form an assignment between the names of the PLC variables and the associated memory address is located in this file An adjustment in the Project Options Symbol configuration menu is necessary for the variables to be written to the symbol file when compiling the PLC program (Fig 19)

Fig 19 Opening the symbol configuration in ProjectOptions

Fig 20 Symbol configuration settings

4)

3)

2)

1)

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 26: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

26 bull Quick Start Guide The First Program

1 The CREATE XML SYMBOL TABLE option must be activated After compiling the program an XML symbol file is then created in the project directory and is given the name ltprojectnamegtSYM_XML

2 Click on CONFIGURE SYMBOL FILE with the left mouse button

3 If necessary select the variables shown in the tree structure for which symbol entries are to be created To do this you can either mark project modules as a result of which the associated variables will be selected or you can specifically mark individual variables We recommend that all project modules be marked as the default setting

4 Select the EXPORT VARIABLES OF OBJECT entry with the left mouse button The variables of the selected object are output in the symbol file NOTE if the checkbox is displayed with a gray background the check mark should be deactivated and newly activated

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 27: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

Quick Start Guide bull 27 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller

256 Activation of the USR LED

The KNX IP Fieldbus Controller 750-849 features an LED with the designation USR This LED can be controlled via the user program For the StarterKit this LED is used to display the following conditions

RED The application program is not running because it is in STOP mode

GREEN The application program is running because it is in RUN mode

RED BLINKING The application program is running but communication between the IEC application and the KNX network is disrupted An adjustment of the SYM_XML file in the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in is presumably necessary

NOTE The programs in the USR_LED folder and the networks 4 and 5 in the PRG_KNX_IP_Controller subprogram will not be further discussed in this case since they are not directly associated with KNX functionality

26 Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller 1 Setting up the communication driver

Click the NEW button in the Online Communication parameter menu and create a new communication channel Select TcpIp (3S TcpIp driver) Under Address enter the IP address of your KNX Controller (eg 192168120) Enter 2455 as the port

2 Loading the program Transfer the program via Online Log in

3 Starting the program Start the program via Online Start

4 Creating a boot project A so-called boot project must be created so that the application program starts up automatically after resetting Load the boot project into the controller via Online Create boot project

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 28: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

28 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

27 ETS3 Configuration

271 Configuration Router

For the WAGO StarterKit sample application the router should be set to forward This means that all message frames will be forwarded regardless of the entries in the filter table

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Setting up the configuration Clicking on the Bus =gt IP or IP =gt Bus button enables you to set up the configuration Fig 21 shows the configuration of the router

Fig 21 Configuration router setup

3 Programming the application Load the settings created under Point 2 into the KNX IP Controller via ETS3 Download Highlight the IP router with the physical address 110 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the APPLICATION PROGRAM button

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 29: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

Quick Start Guide bull 29 ETS3 Configuration

272 Configuration of IP Controller

1 Selecting a device Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 22 Selecting the SXM_XML file

NOTE When adjusting the SYM_XML file the alarm message shown in Fig 23 appears The message indicates that binary files could not be found These files are only needed when the IEC application program download should be carried out via the ETS3 Plug-in This message is irrelevant for the StarterKit and can therefore be confirmed with OK

If this function is desired the Online Create boot project command must be executed in the WAGO IO PRO CAA software If this command is executed while offline the binary files ltProjectnameprggt and ltProjectnamechkgt are created in the project directory

Fig 23Alarm message when adjustingimporting the symbol file

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 30: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

30 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

Digital input 1 ==gt 111 (send data channel)

Digital output 1 lt==113 (receive data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 24 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 24 Group address assignment IP Controller

4 Programming phys address and application Load the specified settings into the KNX IP Controller via ETS 3 Download Highlight the IP Controller with the physical address 101 in the Topology window and select the PROGRAM menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the PHYSADR amp APPL-PROGR Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device On the WAGO KNX IP Controller press the programming pushbutton with the PRG IP label (see Fig 1) The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

6 Testing After the download is completed the USR LED on the KNX IP Fieldbus Controller should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 31: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

Quick Start Guide bull 31 ETS3 Configuration

273 Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646

1 Selecting the device Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the EDIT PARAMETERS menu item via the context menu

2 Adjustment of SYM_XML Carry out an adjustment of the SYM_XML file The file selection window opens via the menu File Import SYM_XML file In the CProgramsWAGO SoftwareCoDeSys V23Projects directory select the WAGO_KNX_StarterKitSYM_XML file

Fig 25 Selecting SXM_XML file Module index is 2 because it is the second KNX Module

3 Testing andor creating the group address assignments In the StarterKits sample application the IP Controller exhibits two assignments to group addresses The following assignment is configured Digital input 2 ==gt 112 (Datenrichtung senden)

Digital output 2 lt==114 (send data channel)

New assignments can be added at any time Fig 26 shows a section of the project documentation of the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in

Fig 26 Group address assignment TP1 Module

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 32: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

32 bull Quick Start Guide ETS3 Configuration

4 Programming the physical address and application Load the specified settings into the KNXEIBTP1 Module via ETS3 Download Highlight the TP1 Module with the physical address 111 in the Topology window and select the Program menu item via the context menu In the Program window press the Prog phys addr amp appl Button

5 Pressing the programming button The ETS software will prompt you to press the programming button of the selected device Use a wire jumper to press the modules programming key (Fig 27) The LED B lights up red to display the programming mode The ETS3 then begins loading the physical address and the application program

Fig 27 Group address assignment TP1 Module

6 Testing After the download is completed the LED E (Fig 27) should light up green If not please refer to the Troubleshooting chapter

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 33: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

Quick Start Guide bull 33 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

28 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor The ETS3 group monitor is used to check the configurationsprogrammings in the aforementioned chapter To test the application proceed step by step as follows

1 Starting the ETS3 group monitor Start the group monitor via the Diagnose Group message frames menu

2 Sending a value In the Group monitor window click the ReadSend button Enter 113 or 114 in the window as the group address (Fig 28) and type the value OnOff The status of the two digital outputs (red terminal) should then be impacted

4 Receiving a value Connect the digital input 1 or 2 (yellow terminal) with a +24V voltage signal The message frames of the group addresses 111 or 112 should be visible in the Group monitor window

Fig 28ETS3 Group monitor

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 34: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

34 bull Troubleshooting Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

3 Troubleshooting No Error Possible causeRemedy

1 PLC program has not been started

2 Check the programming status of the module in the ETS3 software (see ETS3 Help under Index Programming status)

3 Compile the PLC program and import the SYM_XML file into the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in Then carry out an ETS3 application download

1

The LED E is flashing and the LED G is illuminated red No communication to KNX bus

4 Check the PLC program to see whether the DPT modules are correctly linked to the FbKNX_Master_646 module and that no unused DPT modules are being called in the variable declaration Correct the program if necessary and carry out the actions described under Item 3

2

LED H does not illuminate No communication with the KNX bus

Check the KNX voltage supply

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 35: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

Troubleshooting bull 35 Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor

1 Was the correct module index specified when importing

2 Are the settings in the CoDeSys software for creating the SYM_XML file correct

3 No variables appear in the list of network variables after importing the SYM_XML file

3 If more than one KNX module 753-646 is used on one controller a prefix must be used for the instance names of the DPT modules

WAGO IO SYSTEM 750 KNX IP StarterKit

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting
Page 36: Modular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 - · PDF fileModular I/O System KNX IP StarterKit 511 923 53 QuickStart Instructions for KNX IP Controller 750-849 Last update: 22.07.08

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH amp Co KG Postfach 2880 bull D-32385 Minden Hansastraszlige 27 bull D-32423 Minden Telefon 05 718 87 ndash 0 Telefax 05 718 87 ndash 1 69 E-Mail infowagocom Internet httpwwwwagocom

  • Important Notes
    • Legal Principles
      • Copyright
      • Personnel Qualification
      • Intended Use
        • Symbols
        • Number Notation
        • Safety Information
        • Scope of Validity
          • Quick Start Guide
            • Installation of Node
            • Structure of KNX Topology
            • Preparative Measures
              • Installing WAGO IO PRO CAA (CoDeSys Automation Alliance)
              • Copying the Project Data to the PC
              • Configuration of the ETS3 Database Selection
              • Import of product database for the IP-Controller 750-849
                • Starting Up the Ethernet Network
                  • Setting up the ETS3 communication driver
                  • Assigning the IP Address with the WAGO ETS3 Plug-in
                    • The First Program
                      • Hardware Configuration
                      • Main Program
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_IP_Controller
                      • Subprogram PRG_KNX_Module
                      • Configuring the Symbol File
                      • Activation of the USR LED
                        • Downloading the Program to the 750-849 Controller
                        • ETS3 Configuration
                          • Configuration Router
                          • Configuration of IP Controller
                          • Configuration of the Second KNXEIBTP1 Module 750-646
                            • Testing the Application with the ETS3 Group Monitor
                              • Troubleshooting

Recommended